Trane Series R Helical Rotary Rtac Installation And Maintenance Manual SVX01M EN (01/2015)
2015-04-02
: Trane Trane-Series-R-Helical-Rotary--Rtac-Installation-And-Maintenance-Manual-684182 trane-series-r-helical-rotary--rtac-installation-and-maintenance-manual-684182 trane pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 130
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Installation, Operation,
and Maintenance
Series R® Air-Cooled
Helical Rotary Liquid Chillers
SAFETY WARNING
Only qualified personnel should install and service the equipment. The installation, starting up, and servicing
of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous and requires specific knowledge and
training. Improperly installed, adjusted or altered equipment by an unqualified person could result in death or
serious injury. When working on the equipment, observe all precautions in the literature and on the tags,
stickers, and labels that are attached to the equipment.
January 2015
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Introduction
Read this manual thoroughly before operating or servicing
this unit.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notices
Safety advisories appear throughout this manual as
required.Your personal safety and the proper operation of
this machine depend upon the strict observance of these
precautions.
The three types of advisories are defined as follows:
Indicates a potentially hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous
CAUTIONs situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury. It
could also be used to alert against
unsafe practices.
WARNING
NOTICE
WARNING
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
Failure to follow code could result in death or serious
injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for
field wiring installation and grounding as described in
NEC and your local/state electrical codes.
WARNING
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Required!
Installing/servicing this unit could result in exposure to
electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards.
•
Before installing/servicing this unit, technicians
MUST put on all PPE required for the work being
undertaken (Examples; cut resistant gloves/sleeves,
butyl gloves, safety glasses, hard hat/bump cap, fall
protection, electrical PPE and arc flash clothing).
ALWAYS refer to appropriate Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS)/Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and OSHA
guidelines for proper PPE.
•
When working with or around hazardous chemicals,
ALWAYS refer to the appropriate MSDS/SDS and
OSHA/GHS (Global Harmonized System of
Classification and Labelling of Chemicals) guidelines
for information on allowable personal exposure
levels, proper respiratory protection and handling
instructions.
•
If there is a risk of energized electrical contact, arc, or
flash, technicians MUST put on all PPE in accordance
with OSHA, NFPA 70E, or other country-specific
requirements for arc flash protection, PRIOR to
servicing the unit. NEVER PERFORM ANY
SWITCHING, DISCONNECTING, OR VOLTAGE
TESTING WITHOUT PROPER ELECTRICAL PPE AND
ARC FLASH CLOTHING. ENSURE ELECTRICAL
METERS AND EQUIPMENT ARE PROPERLY RATED
FOR INTENDED VOLTAGE.
Indicates a situation that could result in
equipment or property-damage only
accidents.
Important Environmental Concerns
Scientific research has shown that certain man-made
chemicals can affect the earth’s naturally occurring
stratospheric ozone layer when released to the
atmosphere. In particular, several of the identified
chemicals that may affect the ozone layer are refrigerants
that contain Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (CFCs) and
those containing Hydrogen, Chlorine, Fluorine and
Carbon (HCFCs). Not all refrigerants containing these
compounds have the same potential impact to the
environment.Trane advocates the responsible handling of
all refrigerants-including industry replacements for CFCs
such as HCFCs and HFCs.
Important Responsible Refrigerant
Practices
Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are
important to the environment, our customers, and the air
conditioning industry. All technicians who handle
refrigerants must be certified.The Federal Clean Air Act
(Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling,
reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain
refrigerants and the equipment that is used in these
service procedures. In addition, some states or
municipalities may have additional requirements that
must also be adhered to for responsible management of
refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them.
© 2015Trane All rights reserved
Failure to follow instructions could result in death or
serious injury.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Introduction
Factory Warranty Information
Compliance with the following is required to preserve the
factory warranty:
All Unit Installations
Startup MUST be performed byTrane, or an authorized
agent ofTrane, to VALIDATE this WARRANTY. Contractor
must provide a two-week startup notification toTrane (or
an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform
startup).
Copyright
This document and the information in it are the property of
Trane, and may not be used or reproduced in whole or in
part without written permission.Trane reserves the right
to revise this publication at any time, and to make changes
to its content without obligation to notify any person of
such revision or change.
Trademarks
All trademarks referenced in this document are the
trademarks of their respective owners.
Revision History
RTAC-SVX01M-EN (30 Jan 2015)
•
Correction to Model Number digit 5-7.
•
Addition of seismic isolator option.
•
Removal of duplicated information found in other
locations (nameplate, catalog, submittal).
•
Removal of detailed communication system
information found in controls documents.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
3
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Model Number Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor Unit Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressor Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressor Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
6
6
7
8
8
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Unit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Accessory/Option Information . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Isolator Selection and Mounting
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Evaporator Water Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Entering Chilled Water Piping . . . . . . . . . .48
Leaving Chilled Water Piping . . . . . . . . . .48
Evaporator Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Evaporator Flow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Water Pressure Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Water Pressure Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Freeze Avoidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Isolator Shipping Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Low Evaporator Refrigerant Cutout, Glycol
Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Pre-installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Unit Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Specials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
System Configuration and Interconnecting
Refrigerant Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Installation Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . 20
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21
21
21
24
Non-Seismically Rated Units . . . . . . . . . . 24
Seismically Rated Unit Weights . . . . . . . 26
Remote Evaporator Unit Weights . . . . . . 27
Installation - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Location Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Noise Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Lifting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Isolation and Sound Emission . . . . . . . . . . 34
Mounting and Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Unit Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Elastomeric Isolators
(Optional for units without seismic rating) 34
Unit Isolation for Seismically Rated Units 35
4
Line Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Liquid Line Sizing Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Suction Line Sizing Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Suction Accumulator Sizing . . . . . . . . . . .61
Piping Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .62
Refrigerant Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve Venting .62
Leak Test and Evacuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Refrigerant and Additional Oil Charge . . . .64
Refrigerant Charge Determination . . . . . .64
Oil Charge Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Installation - Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Installer-Supplied Components . . . . . . . . . .66
Power Supply Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Control Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Heater Power Supply and Convenience
Outlet (Packaged Units Only) . . . . . . . . . .67
Interconnecting Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Chilled Water Pump Control . . . . . . . . . . .68
Alarm and Status Relay Outputs
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Table of Contents
(Programmable Relays) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
TechView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Relay Assignments Using TechView . . . . 69
Unit View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Compressor Service View . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Status View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
External Auto/Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Setpoint View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
External Circuit Lockout – Circuit #1 and #2
70
Diagnostics View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Ice Building Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Software View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
External Chilled Water Setpoint
(ECWS) Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Binding View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
External Current Limit Setpoint
(ECLS) Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Chilled Water Reset (CWR) . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Communications Interface Options . . . . . 72
Tracer Communications Interface
Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
LonTalk™ Interface (LCI-C) . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Operating Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigeration Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigerant R-134a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condenser and Subcooler . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DynaView Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73
73
73
73
74
74
74
74
Configuration View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Replacing or Adding Devices . . . . . . . . . .89
Pre-Start Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Start-Up and Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Unit Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Temporary Shutdown and Restart . . . . . . .94
Extended Shutdown Procedure . . . . . . . . . .94
Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure . . . . . . .95
System Restart After Extended Shutdown 95
Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Weekly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Monthly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Annual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Refrigerant and Oil Charge Management 100
Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
75
Oil Sump Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
75
Condenser Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
75
Condenser Coil Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
75
Travel Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Key Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Setpoint Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Legend to Diagnostics Table . . . . . . . . . . .103
Starter Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Main Processor Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Communication Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .116
Main Processor Boot Messages
and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Diagnostic Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Unit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Power-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Log and Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Modes Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Chiller Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Compressor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Refrigerant Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Display Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
5
Model Number Description
Nameplates
of typical unit model number and the coding system for
each.
The RTAC outdoor unit nameplates are applied to the
exterior of the Control Panel. A compressor nameplate is
located on each compressor. When the unit arrives, if unit
is not covered with a tarp, compare all nameplate data with
ordering, submittal, and shipping information.
Each position, or group of positions, in the model number
is used to represent a feature. For example, in the first
table, position 08 of the unit model number, Unit Voltage,
contains the number “4”.A 4 in this position means that the
unit voltage is 460/60/3.
Outdoor Unit Nameplate
Unit Model Number. An example of a typical unit
model number (M/N) is:
See Figure 1, p. 6 for a typical unit nameplate.The outdoor
unit nameplate provides the following information:
RTAC 350A UA0N NAFN N1NX 1TEN NN0N N01N
Model number digits are selected and assigned in
accordance with the definitions as listed in “Unit Model
Number,” p. 7.
•
Unit model and size description.
•
Unit serial number.
•
Identifies unit electrical requirements.
•
Lists correct operating charges of R-134a and
refrigerant oil (Trane OIL00048).
•
Lists unit test pressures.
•
Identifies installation, operation and maintenance and
service data literature (Pueblo).
•
Compressor model number. See “Compressor Model
Number,” p. 8.
•
Lists drawing numbers for unit wiring diagrams
(Pueblo).
•
Compressor serial number. See“Compressor Serial
Number,” p. 8.
•
Compressor electrical characteristics.
•
Utilization range.
•
Recommended refrigerant.
Model Number Coding System
The model numbers for the unit and the compressor are
composed of numbers and letters that represent features
of the equipment. Shown in the following table is a sample
Figure 1.
6
Compressor Nameplate
The compressor nameplate provides following
information:
Typical unit nameplate
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Model Number Descriptions
Unit Model Number
Digits 1, 2 - Unit Model
Digit 15 - Evaporator
Application
Digit 25 - Control Input
Accessories/Options
F
G
=
=
N
R
=
=
Digit 4 - Development Sequence
R
=
C
Digit 16 - Evaporator
Configuration
C
B
=
=
RT =
Rotary chiller
Digit 3 - Unit Type
A
=
=
Air-cooled
Development sequence
Digits 5, 6 & 7 - Nominal
Capacity
120
130
140
155
170
185
200
225
250
275
300
350
375
400
450
500
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
120 Nominal tons
130 Nominal tons
140 Nominal tons
155 Nominal tons
170 Nominal tons
185 Nominal tons
200 Nominal tons
225 Nominal tons
250 Nominal tons
275 Nominal tons
300 Nominal tons
350 Nominal tons
375 Nominal tons
400 Nominal tons
450 Nominal tons
500 Nominal tons
Digit 8 - Unit Voltage
A
C
J
D
4
5
=
=
=
=
=
=
200/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
400/50/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
Digit 9 - Manufacturing
Location
U
=
Water Chiller Business Unit,
Pueblo, CO USA
Digits 10, 11 - Design Sequence
XX =
Factory Input
N
P
Q
R
=
=
=
=
Standard (40-60 F) leaving temp
Low (Less than 40 F) leaving
temp
Remote (40-60 F) leaving temp
2 pass, 0.75” insulation
3 pass, 0.75” insulation
2 pass, 1.25” insulation
3 pass, 1.25” insulation
Digit 17 - Condenser
Application
N
H
L
W
=
=
=
=
Standard ambient (25-115°F)
High ambient (25-125°F)
Low ambient (0-115°F)
Wide ambient (0-125°F)
Digit 18 - Condenser Fin
Material
1
2
4
=
=
=
Standard aluminum slit fins
Copper fins
CompleteCoat™ epoxy coated
fins
Digit 19 - Condenser Fan/Motor
Configuration
T =
W =
STD fans withTEAO motors
Low noise fans
Digit 20 - Compressor Motor
Starter Type
X
Y
=
=
Across-the-line
Wye-delta closed transition
Digit 21 - Incoming Power Line
Connection
1
2
=
=
Single point power connection
Dual point power connection
No remote inputs
Ext. evaporator leaving water
setpoint
Ext. current limit setpoint
Ext. leaving water and current
limit setpoint
Digit 26 - Control Output
Accessories/Options
N
A
C
D
=
=
=
=
No output options
Alarm relay outputs
Ice making I/O
Alarm relay outputs and ice
making I/O
Digit 27 - Electrical Protection
Options
0
5
6
=
=
=
No short circuit rating
Default short circuit rating
High amp short circuit rating
Digit 28 - Flow Switch
T
=
U
=
Factory installed flow switch water
Factory installed flow switch
glycol
Digit 29 - Control Panel
Accessories
N
A
=
=
No convenience outlet
15A 115V convenience outlet
(60Hz)
Digit 30 - Service Valves
1
=
With suction service valves
Digit 31 - Compressor Sound
Attenuation Option
0
=
1
=
No compressor sound
attenuation
Factory installed compressor
sound attenuation
Digit 12 - Unit Basic
Configuration
Digit 22 - Power Line
Connection Type
N
H
A
Digit 32 - Appearance Options
T
D
C
N
A
C
=
=
=
Standard efficiency/performance
High efficiency/performance
Extra efficiency/performance
Digit 13 - Agency Listing
N
U
S
R
=
=
=
=
No agency listing
C/UL listing
Seismic rated - IBC and OSHPD
C/UL listed and seismic rated
Digit 14 - Pressure Vessel Code
A
C
D
L
=
=
=
=
ASME pressure vessel code
Canadian code
Australian code
Chinese code
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
=
=
=
Terminal block connection
Non-fused disconnect switch(es)
Circuit breaker(s)
=
=
=
No appearance options
Architectural louvered panels
Half louvers
Digit 23 - Unit Operator
Interface
Digit 33 - Installation
Accessories
D
N
F
R
G
E
=
=
=
=
=
S
=
=
DynaView operator interface
Digit 24 - Remote Operator
Interface
N
C
B
L
=
=
=
=
No remote interface
Tracer™ Comm 3 interface
BACnet® interface
LonTalk® compatible (LCI-C)
interface
No installation accessories
Flange kit for water connections
Neoprene in shear unit isolators
Neoprene isolators and flange kit
Seismic elastomeric isolation
pads
Seismic spring isolators
7
Model Number Descriptions
Digit 34 - Factory Testing
Options
0
C
=
=
C
=
E
=
Standard functional test
Customer-witnessed
performance
test with report
Customer-witnessed
performance
test plus Rapid Restart test
Non-witnessed performance test
with report
Digit 35 — Control, Label &
Literature
C
E
F
=
=
=
Spanish
English
French
Digit 36 — Special Order
X
S
=
=
Standard unit configuration
Unit has special order feature
Digit 37 — Safety Devices
N
=
Standard
Compressor Model
Number
Compressor Serial
Number
Digits 1-3 — Compressor Family
Digits 1-2 — Year
CHH=
YY = Last two digits of year of
manufacture
Positive displacement,
refrigerant, helical rotary,
hermetic compressor
Digits 3-4 — Week
Digit 4— Compressor Type
WW =
T
Digit 5 — Day
=
GP2+
Digit 5
0
=
All compressors
Digit 6 — Frame Size
K
L
M
N
=
=
=
=
K Frame
L Frame
M Frame
N Frame
Digit 7 — Compressor Capacity
3
4
=
=
GP2+ Smaller capacity (minor)
GP2+ Larger capacity (major)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Week of build, from 00 to 52
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
sunday
Digits 6-8 — Coded Time Stamp
TTT =
Used to ensure uniqueness of
serial number
Digit 9 — Assembly Line
L
=
Varies with facility
Digit 10— Build Location
A
8
=
Monterrey
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
General Data
Unit Description
Accessory/Option Information
The 140 - 500 ton Model RTAC units are helical-rotary type,
air-cooled liquid chillers designed for installation
outdoors.The compressor circuits are completely
assembled, hermetic packages that are factory-piped,
wired, leak-tested, dehydrated, and tested for proper
control operation before shipment.
Check all the accessories and loose parts which are
shipped with the unit against the shipping list. Included in
these items will be water vessel drain plugs, rigging and
electrical diagrams, and service literature, which are
placed inside the control panel and/or starter panel for
shipment.
Chilled water inlet and outlet openings are covered for
shipment. Each compressor has a separate compressor
motor starter.The RTAC series featuresTrane’s exclusive
Adaptive Control ™ logic, which monitors the control
variables that govern the operation of the chiller unit.
Adaptive Control logic can adjust capacity variables to
avoid chiller shutdown when necessary, and keep
producing chilled water.The units feature two
independent refrigerant circuits. Compressor unloaders
are solenoid actuated and oil pressure operated. Each
refrigerant circuit is provided with filter, sight glass,
electronic expansion valve, and charging valves.The
shell-and-tube type evaporator is manufactured in
accordance with ASME standards or other international
codes. Each evaporator is fully insulated and is equipped
with water drain and vent connections. Packaged units
have heat tape protection to - 20°F (-28.9°C) as standard.
As an option, a convenience outlet can be supplied.
Isolator Shipping Location
If optional neoprene isolators (model number digit 33) are
ordered with unit, they are shipped mounted on the unit.
See Figure 3 and Figure 4.
Figure 3.
Isolator shipping locations 140-250T units
Note: Packaged units are factory charged with refrigerant
and oil.
Neoprene Isolator Shipping Location
Figure 2.
Typical RTAC packaged unit and components
Figure 4.
Isolator shipping locations 275-500T units
Neoprene Isolator Shipping Location
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
9
General Data
Table 1.
General Data - 60 hz units - standard efficiency - IP
Size
140
155
170
185
200
225
250
275
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal size
@60Hz
#
(tons)
2
2
2
2
100/
70/70 85/70 85/85
85
2
2
2
100/
100
120/
100
120/
120
Evaporator
Water storage
300
350
400
450
500
3
3
4
4
4
Screw
3
85-85/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 120-120/
100
100
100
100-100 100-100 120-120
Flooded
(gal)
29
32
34
36
40
39
43
62
67
72
83
86
91
Min flow
(gpm)
193
214
202
217
241
217
241
309
339
375
404
422
461
Max flow
(gpm)
709
785
741
796
883
796
883
1134
1243
1374
1483
1548
1690
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(gpm)
129
143
135
145
161
145
161
206
226
250
270
282
307
Max flow
(gpm)
473
523
494
531
589
531
589
756
829
916
989
1032
1127
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
Coil length
(in)
156/
156
180/
156
180/
180
216/
180
216/
216
252/
216
252/
252
180/
108
216/108
252/108
216/216
252/216
252/252
Coil height
# of rows
Fins per foot
(in)
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
(mm)
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
14/6
12/12
14/12
14/14
Fan
Direct drive propeller
Quantity
Diameter
Air flow per fan
Power/motor
#
4/4
5/4
5/5
6/5
6/6
7/6
7/7
10/6
12/6
(in)
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
(cfm)
9625
9394
9209
9209
9209
9210
9210
9209
9209
9208
9209
9210
9214
(hp)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
(rpm)
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
Tip speed (Ft/min) 8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
Fan speed
General Unit
HFC-134a
# Refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Refrigerant charge
(lb)
165/
165
175/
165
175/
175
215/
210
215/
215
225/
215
225/
225
365/
200
415/200
460/200
415/415
460/415
460/460
Oil charge
(gal)
1.3/
1.3
1.3/
1.3
1.3/
1.3
1.9/
1.3
1.9/
1.9
1.9/
1.9
1.9/
1.9
4.2/1.9
4.6/2.9
4.6/1.9
4.6/4.6
4.6/4.6
4.6/4.6
Min ambient-std
(°F)
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Min ambient-low
(°F)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
10
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
General Data
Table 2.
General Data - 60 hz units - high efficiency - IP
Size
140
155
170
185
200
225
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal size
@60Hz
#
(tons)
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
85/85
2
100/85
2
2
100/100 120/100
Evaporator
Water storage
250
275
300
350
400
Screw
2
3
3
4
4
120/120
85-85/
100
100-100/
100
85-85/
85/85
100-100/
100-100
72
72
83
91
Flooded
(gal)
34
36
40
39
43
43
43
Min flow
(gpm)
202
217
241
217
241
241
241
375
375
404
461
Max flow
(gpm)
741
796
883
796
883
883
883
1374
1374
1483
1690
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(gpm)
135
145
161
145
161
161
161
250
250
270
307
Max flow
(gpm)
494
531
589
531
589
589
589
916
916
989
1127
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
Coil length
(in)
144/144
216/144
Coil height
(in)
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
5/5
6/5
6/6
7/6
7/7
8/6
8/8
12/6
14/6
12/12
14/14
Diameter
(in)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
(cfm)
9199
9199
9199
9200
9201
9783
9203
9652
9605
9199
9201
Number of rows
Fins per foot
4
4
4
4
4
8
180/180 216/180 216/216 252/216 252/252 144/144
Fan
252/144 216/216
252/252
42
Direct drive propeller
Air flow/fan
Power/motor
Fan speed
(hp)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
(rpm)
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
Tip speed (Ft/Min)
General unit
HFC-134a
# Refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
175/175 215/205 215/215 225/215 225/225
235/235
235/235
415/200 460/200 415/415
460/460
Refrigerant charge
(lb)
Oil charge
(gal)
1.3/1.3
1.3/1.3
1.3/1.3
1.9/1.3
1.9/1.9
1.9/1.9
1.9/1.9
2.1-2.1/
1.9
2.3-2.3/
1.9
2.1-2.1/
2.1-2.1
2.3-2.3/
2.3-2.3
Min ambient-std
(°F)
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Min ambient-low
(°F)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
11
General Data
Table 3.
General Data - 60 hz units - extra efficiency - IP
Size
140
155
170
185
200
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal size
@60Hz
#
(tons)
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
85/85
2
275
3
3
4
4
70-70/85
85-85/85
70-70/
70-70
85-85/
85-85
72
72
83
91
2
100/85
Evaporator
Water storage
250
300
350
Screw
100/100
Flooded
(gal)
40
39
43
43
43
Min flow
(gpm)
241
217
241
241
241
375
375
404
461
Max flow
(gpm)
883
796
883
883
883
1374
1374
1483
1690
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(gpm)
161
145
161
161
161
250
250
270
307
Max flow
(gpm)
589
531
589
589
589
916
916
989
1127
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
Coil length
(in)
216/216
252/216
252/252
144/144
144/144
216/144
252/144
216/216
252/252
Coil height
(in)
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
6/6
7/6
7/7
8/6
8/8
12/6
14/6
12/12
14/14
Diameter
(in)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
(cfm)
9199
9200
9201
9783
9203
9652
9605
9199
9201
Number of rows
Fins per foot
Fan
Direct drive propeller
Air flow/fan
Power/motor
Fan speed
(hp)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
(rpm)
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
8954
Tip speed (Ft/Min)
General unit
HFC-134a
# Refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Refrigerant charge
(lb)
215/215
225/215
225/225
235/235
235/235
415/200
460/200
415/415
460/460
Oil charge
(gal)
1.3/1.3
1.9/1.3
1.9/1.9
1.9/1.9
1.9/1.9
2.1-2.1/
2.1-2.1
2.1-2.1/
2.1-2.1
Min ambient-std
(°F)
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Min ambient-low
(°F)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.1-2.1/1.9 2.1-2.1/1.9
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
12
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
General Data
Table 4.
General Data - 60 hz units - standard efficiency - SI
Size
140
155
170
185
200
225
250
275
Compressor
Quantity
#
Nominal size
(tons) @60Hz
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
2
2
100/
85/85 100/85
100
2
2
120/
100
120/
120
350
400
450
500
3
3
3
4
4
4
85-85/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 120-120/
100
100
100
100-100 100-100 120-120
Evaporator
Water storage
300
Screw
Flooded
(L)
110.0
121
129
136
151
148
163
235
254
273
314
326
344
Min flow
(L/s)
12
14
13
14
15
14
15
19
21
24
25
27
29
Max flow
(L/s)
45
50
47
50
56
50
56
72
78
87
94
98
107
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(L/s)
8
9
9
9
10
9
10
13
14
16
17
18
19
Max flow
(L/s)
30
33
31
34
37
34
37
48
52
58
62
65
71
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
4
4
Coil length
(mm)
3962/
3962
4572/
3962
Coil height
(mm)
1067
# of rows
#
3
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
4572/ 5486/ 5486/ 6400/
4572 4572 5486 5486
6400/
6400
4572/
2743
5486/
2743
6400/
2743
5486/
5486
6400/
5486
6400/
6400
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
3
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
4/4
5/4
5/5
6/5
6/6
7/6
Diameter
7/7
10/6
12/6
14/6
12/12
14/12
14/14
(mm)
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
726.0
Air flow per fan (m³/hr) 16351 15958 15644 15644 15644 15646 15647
Fins per foot
4
4
4
4
Fan
Direct drive propeller
15644
15645
15642
15645
15646
15653
Power/motor
(kW)
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
Fan speed
(rps)
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
Tip speed
M/S
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
# Refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Refrigerant
charge
(kg)
75/75
79/75
102/
102
166/91
188/91
209/91
188/188
209/188
209/209
9-9/9-9
General Unit
Oil charge
HFC-134a
79/79 98/95 98/98 102/98
(L)
5/5
5/5
5/5
7/5
7/7
7/7
7/7
8-8/7
9-9/11
9-9/11
9-9/9-9
9-9/9-9
Min ambient-std
(°C)
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
Min ambient-low
(°C)
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
13
General Data
Table 5.
General Data - 60 hz units - high efficiency - SI
Size
140
155
170
185
200
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal size
@60Hz
#
(tons)
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
85/85
2
100/85
2
250
2
2
100/100 70-70/85 85-85/85
Evaporator
Water storage
225
275
300
350
400
Screw
4
4
4
4
70-70/
70-70
85-85/
85-85
85-85/
85/85
100-100/
100-100
344
Flooded
(L)
129
136
151
148
163
163
163
273
273
314
Min flow
(L/s)
13
14
15
14
15
15
15
24
24
25
29
Max flow
(L/s)
47
50
56
50
56
56
56
87
87
94
107
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
2 Pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 Pass arrangement
Min flow
(L/s)
9
9
10
9
10
10
10
16
16
17
19
Max flow
(L/s)
31
34
37
34
37
37
37
58
58
62
71
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
Coil length
(mm)
4572/
4572
5486/
4572
5486/
5486
6400/
5486
6400/
6400
3657/
3657
3657/
3657
5486/
3657
6400/
3657
5486/
5486
6400/
6400
Coil height
(mm)
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
5/5
6/5
6/6
7/6
7/7
8/6
8/8
12/6
14/6
12/12
14/14
Diameter
(mm)
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
Number of rows
Fins per foot
Fan
Direct drive propeller
15628
15628
15628
15629
15631
16619
15634
16397
16317
15628
15631
Power/motor
Air per fan (m³/hr)
(kW)
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
Fan speed
(rps)
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
Tip speed
M/S
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
# refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
(kg)
79/79
98/93
98/98
102/98
188/91
209/91
188/188
209/209
9-9/9-9
General unit
Refrig charge
Oil charge
HFC-134a
102/102 107/107 107/107
(L)
5/5
5/5
5/5
7/5
7/7
7/7
7/7
8-8/7
9-9/7
8-8/8-8
Min ambient-std
(°C)
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
Min ambient-low
(°C)
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
14
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
General Data
Table 6.
General Data - 60 hz units - extra efficiency - SI
Size
140
155
170
185
200
250
275
300
350
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
85-85/100
100-100/
100
85-85/85/
85
100-100/
100-100
344
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal size
@60Hz
#
(tons)
85/85
100/85
100/100
120/100
Evaporator
Water storage
120/120
Flooded
(L)
151
148
163
163
163
273
273
314
Min flow
(L/s)
15
14
15
15
15
24
24
25
29
Max flow
(L/s)
56
50
56
56
56
87
87
94
107
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
2 Pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 Pass arrangement
Min flow
(L/s)
10
9
10
10
10
16
16
17
19
Max flow
(L/s)
37
34
37
37
37
58
58
62
71
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
Coil length
(mm)
Coil height
(mm)
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
6/6
7/6
7/7
8/6
8/8
12/6
14/6
12/12
14/14
Diameter
(mm)
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
15628
15629
15631
16619
15634
16397
16317
15628
15631
1.12
Number of rows
Fins per foot
4
4
4
8
8
5486/5486 6400/5486 6400/6400 3657/3657 4572/2743 5486/3657 6400/3657 5486/5486
Fan
6400/6400
1067
Direct drive propeller
Air per fan (m³/hr)
Power/motor
(kW)
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
Fan speed
(rps)
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
Tip speed
M/S
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
General unit
HFC-134a
# refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
(kg)
98/98
102/98
102/102
107/107
107/107
188/91
209/91
188/188
209/209
8-8/8-8
Refrig charge
(L)
5/5
7/5
7/7
7/7
7/7
8-8/7
8-8/7
8-8/8-8
Min ambient-std
Oil charge
(°C)
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
Min ambient-low
(°C)
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
15
General Data
Table 7.
General Data - 50 hz units - standard efficiency - IP
Size
140
155
170
185
200
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal
size@50Hz
#
(tons)
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
85/85
2
100/85
2
3
100/100
70-70 /
100
Evaporator
Water storage
250
275
300
3
3
350
375
400
4
4
Screw
85-85 / 100-100/
100
100
4
85-85/
85-85
100-100/ 100-100/
85-85
100-100
Flooded
(gal)
29
32
34
36
40
56
62
67
75
79
83
Min flow
(gpm)
193
214
202
217
241
265
309
339
351
381
404
Max flow
(gpm)
709
785
741
796
883
970
1134
1243
1287
1396
1483
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(gpm)
129
143
135
145
161
176
206
226
234
254
270
Max flow
(gpm)
473
523
494
531
589
647
756
829
858
930
989
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
Coil length
(in)
216/180
216/216
Coil height
(in)
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
4/4
5/4
5/5
6/5
6/5
8/6
10/6
12/6
10/10
12/10
12/12
Diameter
(in)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
(cfm)
7918
7723
7567
7567
7567
7764
7566
7567
7567
7567
7567
Number of rows
Fins per foot
4
4
4
4
4
8
156/156 180/156 180/180 216/180 216/216 156/108 180/108 216/108 180/180
Fan
Direct drive propeller
Air flow per fan
Power per motor
Fan speed
(hp)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
(rpm)
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
Tip speed (Ft/min)
General unit
HFC-134a
# refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Refrig charge
(lb)
175/175
215/205 215/215
225/215 225/225
235/235 235/235 415/200 460/200
415/415
460/460
Oil charge
(gal)
1.3/1.3
1.3/1.3
1.3/1.3
1.9/1.3
1.9/1.9
2.1-2.1/
1.9
2.3-2.3/
2.1-2.1
2.3-2.3/
2.3-2.3
Min ambient-std
(°F)
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Min ambient-low
(°F)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.1-2.1/ 2.3-2.3/ 2.1-2.1/
1.9
1.9
2.1-2.1
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
16
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
General Data
Table 8.
General Data - 50 hz units - high efficiency - IP
Size
120
130
140
155
170
185
200
250
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal
size@50Hz
275
300
350
3
4
375
400
4
4
Screw
#
(tons)
2
60/60
2
70/60
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
2
85/85 100/85
2
3
100/
100
3
70-70 / 85-85 / 100-100/ 85-85 /
100
100
100
85-85
Evaporator
100-100/ 100-100/
85-85
100-100
Flooded
Water storage
(gal)
29
32
34
36
40
39
43
67
72
72
83
86
91
Min flow
(gpm)
193
214
202
217
241
217
241
339
375
375
404
422
461
Max flow
(gpm)
709
785
741
796
883
796
883
1243
1374
1374
1483
1548
1690
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(gpm)
129
143
135
145
161
145
161
226
250
250
270
282
307
Max flow
(gpm)
473
523
494
531
589
531
589
829
916
916
989
1032
1127
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
252/216
252/252
42
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Coil length
(in)
156/
156
180/
156
180/
180
216/
180
216/
216
252/
216
252/
252
Coil height
(in)
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
4/4
5/4
5/5
6/5
6/6
7/6
7/7
10/6
12/6
14/6
12/12
14/12
14/14
Diameter
(in)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
7559
Number of rows
Fins per foot
Fan
8
8
180/108 216/144 252/144 216/216
Direct drive propeller
Air flow per fan
(cfm)
7558
7557
7557
7558
7559
7561
7943
7906
7557
7490
Power/motor
(hp)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
(rpm)
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
7461
Fan speed
Tip speed (Ft/min)
62484 68819
General unit
HFC-134a
# refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Refrig charge
(lb)
165/
165
175/
165
175/
175
215/
205
215/
215
225/
215
415/
200
460/
200
415/
415
460/
415
460/
460
Oil charge
(gal)
2.1-2.1/
2.1-2.1
2.3-2.3/
2.3-2.3
2.3-2.3/
2.3-2.3
225/
365/200
225
1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.9/1.3 1.9/1.9
2.1-2.1/ 2.1-2.1/ 2.3-2.3/
1.9
1.9
1.9
Min ambient-std
(°F)
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Min ambient-low
(°F)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
17
General Data
Table 9.
General Data - 50 hz units - standard efficiency - SI
Size
140
155
170
185
200
250
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal
size@50Hz
#
(tons)
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
85/85
2
100/85
2
3
100/100
70-70 /
100
Evaporator
Water storage
275
300
3
3
350
375
400
4
4
Screw
85-85 / 100-100/
100
100
4
85-85/
85-85
100-100/ 100-100/
85-85
100-100
Flooded
(L)
110
121
129
136
151
212
235
254
284
299
314
Min flow
(L/s)
12
14
13
14
15
17
19
21
22
24
25
Max flow
(L/s)
45
50
47
50
56
61
72
78
81
88
94
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(L/s)
8
9
9
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
Max flow
(L/s)
30
33
31
34
37
41
48
52
54
59
62
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
Coil length
(mm)
3962/
3962
4572/
3962
4572/
4572
5486/
4572
5486/
5486
3962/
2743
4572/
2743
5486/
2743
4572/
4572
5486/
4572
5486/
5486
Coil height
(mm)
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
4/4
5/4
5/5
6/5
6/6
8/6
10/6
12/6
10/10
12/10
12/12
Diameter
(mm)
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
12855
Number of rows
Fins per foot
Fan
Direct drive propeller
13452
13120
12855
12855
12855
13190
12853
12856
12854
12855
Power per motor
Air flow per fan (m³/hr)
(kW)
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
Fan speed
(rps)
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
Tip speed
M/S
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
# refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
(kg)
79/79
98/93
98/98
102/98
107/107
188/91
209/91
188/188
209/209
9-9/9-9
General unit
Refrig charge
Oil charge
HFC-134a
102/102 107/107
(L)
5/5
5/5
5/5
7/5
7/7
8-8/7
8-8/7
8-8/7
8-8/8-8
9-9/8-8
Min ambient-std
(°C)
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
Min ambient-low
(°C)
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
18
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
General Data
Table 10.
General Data - 50 hz units - high efficiency - SI
Size
120
130
140
155
170
185
200
Compressor
Quantity
Nominal
size@50Hz
#
(tons)
2
60/60
2
70/60
2
70/70
2
85/70
2
2
2
275
300
350
375
400
3
3
4
4
4
85/85 100/85
3
100/
100
Evaporator
Water storage
250
Screw
70-70 / 85-85 / 100-100/ 85-85 / 100-100/ 100-100/
100
100
100
85-85
85-85
100-100
Flooded
(L)
110
121
129
136
151
148
163
254
273
273
314
326
344
Min flow
(L/s)
12
14
13
14
15
14
15
21
24
24
25
27
29
Max flow
(L/s)
45
50
47
50
56
50
56
78
87
87
94
98
107
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
2 pass arrangement
Water conn (NPS-in)
3 pass arrangement
Min flow
(L/s)
8
9
9
9
10
9
10
14
16
16
17
18
19
Max flow
(L/s)
30
33
31
34
37
34
37
52
58
58
62
65
71
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
Water conn (NPS-in)
Condenser
Fin and tube
Qty of coils
#
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
Coil length
(mm)
3962/
3962
4572/
3962
4572/
4572
5486/
4572
5486/
5486
6400/
5486
6400/
6400
4572/
2743
5486/
3657
6400/
3657
5486/
5486
6400/
5486
6400/
6400
Coil height
(mm)
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
#
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(fpf)
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
Quantity
#
4/4
5/4
5/5
6/5
6/6
7/6
7/7
10/6
12/6
14/6
12/12
14/12
14/14
Diameter
(mm)
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
12841
Number of rows
Fins per foot
Fan
Direct drive propeller
Air flow per fan (m?/hr)
13430
12838
12724
Power/motor
(kW)
62484 68819 12839 12839 12839 12840 12842 12844 13493
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
.74
Fan speed
(rps)
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
Tip speed
M/S
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
# refrig ckts
#
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
% min load
%
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
(kg)
75/75
79/75
79/79
98/93
209/
91
188/
188
209/
188
209/
209
(L)
5/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
8-8/
7
8-8/
8-8
9-9/
9-9
9-9
9-9
General unit
Refrig charge
Oil charge
HFC-134a
98/98 102/95
5/5
7/5
102/
102
7/7
166/91 188/91
8-8/
7
8-8/
7
Min ambient-std
(°C)
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
-3.9
Min ambient-low
(°C)
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
-17.8
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
19
Pre-installation
Unit Inspection
When unit is delivered, verify it is the correct unit and is
properly equipped.
•
•
If unit is covered with optional tarp, confirm unit was
ordered with a tarp. Inspect tarp for any visible damage.
If unit does not have optional tarp, compare information
on unit nameplate with ordering and submittal
information. Inspect all exterior components for visible
damage.
Report any apparent damage or material shortage to
carrier and make a “unit damage” notation on carrier’s
delivery receipt. Specify extent and type of damage found
and notifyTrane Sales Office. Do not proceed with
installation of a damaged unit without sales office
approval.
•
•
•
•
Inspection Checklist
•
To protect against loss due to damage in transit, complete
this checklist upon receipt of unit.
• Inspect the individual pieces of the shipment before
accepting the unit. Check for obvious damage to the
unit or packing material.
• Inspect the unit for concealed damage as soon as
possible after delivery and before it is stored.
Concealed damage must be reported within 15 days.
• If concealed damage is discovered, stop unpacking the
shipment. Do not remove damaged material from the
receiving location.Take photos of the damage, if
possible.The owner must provide reasonable
evidence that the damage did not occur after delivery.
• Notify the carrier’s terminal of the damage
immediately, by phone and by mail. Request an
immediate, joint inspection of the damage with the
carrier and the consignee.
•
NotifyTrane sales representative and arrange for repair.
Do not repair unit until damage is inspected by the carrier’s
representative.
•
•
•
•
Install unit on a flat foundation, level (within 1/4” [6
mm] across the length and width of the unit), and
strong enough to support unit loading.
Install unit per the instructions contained in the
Installation-Mechanical and Installation-Electrical
sections of this manual.
Install any optional sensors and make electrical
connections at the CH530.
Where specified, provide and install valves in water
piping upstream and downstream of evaporator water
connections to isolate evaporator for maintenance,
and to balance/trim system.
Furnish and install pressure gauges in inlet and outlet
piping of the evaporator.
Furnish and install a drain valve to the bottom of the
evaporator waterbox.
Supply and install a vent cock to the top of the
evaporator waterbox.
Furnish and install strainers ahead of all pumps and
automatic modulating valves, and at inlet of
evaporator.
Provide and install field wiring.
Install heat tape and insulate the chilled water lines and
any other portions of the system, as required, to
prevent sweating under normal operating conditions
or freezing during low ambient temperature
conditions.
Install evaporator drain plug.The plug ships in unit
control panel.
Start unit under supervision of a qualified service
technician.
General
Report any damage incurred during handling or
installation to theTrane sales office immediately.
Storage
Extended storage of outdoor unit prior to installation
requires these precautionary measures:
• Store the outdoor unit in a secure area.
• At least every three months (quarterly), check the
pressure in the refrigerant circuits to verify that the
refrigerant charge is intact. If it is not, contact a
qualified service organization and the appropriate
Trane sales office.
• Close the discharge and liquid line isolation valves.
Installation Responsibilities
Generally, the contractor must do the following when
installing an RTAC unit:
20
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions
See unit submittals for specific unit dimensions and water
connection locations.
Clearances
Provide enough space around the outdoor unit to allow the
installation and maintenance personnel unrestricted
access to all service points. Refer to submittal drawings for
the unit dimensions. A minimum of 4 feet (1.2 m) is
recommended for compressor service. Provide sufficient
clearance for the opening of control panel doors. See
Figure 5, p. 21 through Figure 9, p. 23 for minimum
clearances. In all cases, local codes which require
additional clearances will take precedence over these
recommendations.
Figure 5. Recommended unit clearance — 15 foot bases
Figure 6. Recommended unit clearances 18-21 foot bases
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
21
Dimensions and Weights
Figure 7.
Recommended unit clearances 30-45 foot bases
Tube Removal
Clearance Area
(Non DynaView
Control Panel End)
Figure 8. Recommended remote evaporator unit clearances — 15-30 foot bases
22
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Dimensions and Weights
Figure 9. Recommended evaporator clearance
148”
(3760 mm)
Unobstructed flow of condenser air is essential to
maintain chiller capacity and operating efficiency. When
determining unit placement, give careful consideration to
assuring a sufficient flow of air across the condenser heat
transfer surface.Two detrimental conditions are possible
and must be avoided if optimum performance is to be
achieved: warm air recirculation and coil starvation.
Warm air recirculation occurs when discharge air from the
condenser fans is recycled back to the condenser coil inlet.
Coil starvation occurs when free airflow to (or from) the
condenser is restricted.
Both warm air recirculation and coil starvation cause
reduction in unit efficiency and capacity due to the
increased head pressures.
Debris, trash, supplies etc. should not be allowed to
accumulate in the vicinity of the unit. Supply air movement
may draw debris into the condenser coil, blocking spaces
between coil fins and causing coil starvation. Special
consideration should be given to low ambient units.
Condenser coils and fan discharge must be kept free of
snow or other obstructions to permit adequate airflow for
satisfactory unit operation.
In situations where equipment must be installed with less
clearance than recommended, such as frequently occurs
in retrofit and rooftop applications, restricted airflow is
common.The Main Processor will direct the unit to make
as much chilled water as possible given the actual installed
conditions. Consult yourTrane sales engineer for more
details.
Note: If the outdoor unit configuration requires a
variance to the clearance dimensions, contact your
Trane Sales Office Representative. Also refer to
Trane Engineering Bulletins for application
information on RTAC chillers.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
23
Dimensions and Weights
Weights
Non-Seismically Rated Units
Table 11.
Weight - packaged units - 60 Hz - aluminum or CompleteCoat coils
Standard Efficiency
High Efficiency
Extra Efficiency
Unit
Size
(tons)
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
140
10832
4913
11146
5056
10859
4926
11160
5062
12171
5521
12585
5708
155
10910
4949
11146
5056
12114
5495
12445
5645
13984
6343
14293
6483
170
10877
4934
11218
5088
12171
5521
12585
5708
14454
6556
14721
6677
185
12479
5660
12899
5851
13984
6343
14293
6483
15915
7219
16413
7445
200
12884
5844
13193
5984
14454
6556
14721
6677
16016
7265
16413
7445
225
14635
6638
14966
6788
15915
7219
16413
7445
250
14916
6766
15191
6890
16016
7265
16413
7445
20476
9288
21048
9547
275
19025
8630
19685
8929
20393
9250
21048
9547
21667
9828
22160
10052
300
20699
9389
21214
9622
21667
9828
22160
10052
24073
10919
24700
11204
350
21550
9775
22005
9981
24073
10919
24700
11204
27136
12309
27750
12587
400
25409
11525
25854
11727
27136
12309
27750
12587
450
26816
12163
27393
12425
n/a
n/a
500
27136
12309
27912
12661
n/a
n/a
Shipping
Operating
Shipping
Operating
Shipping
Operating
n/a
n/a
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes refrigerant.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
Table 12. Weight - packaged units - 60 Hz - copper coils
Standard Efficiency
High Efficiency
Extra Efficiency
Unit
Size
(tons)
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
140
13407
6081
13734
6230
13426
6090
13734
6230
15590
7071
15998
7257
155
13420
6087
13734
6230
15647
7097
15854
7191
18250
8278
18613
8443
170
13442
6097
13733
6229
15590
7071
15998
7257
18701
8483
18958
8599
185
15870
7198
16253
7372
18250
8278
18613
8443
20794
9432
21290
9657
200
16304
7395
16630
7543
18701
8483
18958
8599
20881
9471
21290
9657
225
18739
8500
18156
8235
20794
9432
21290
9657
250
18905
8575
19223
8719
20881
9471
21290
9657
26017
11801
26558
12046
275
23905
10843
24608
11162
26017
11801
26558
12046
27660
12546
28182
12783
300
26039
11811
26580
12056
27660
12546
28182
12783
30848
13992
31431
14257
350
27395
12426
27920
12664
30848
13992
31431
14257
35166
15951
35688
16188
400
32216
14613
32723
14843
35014
15882
35688
16188
450
32682
14824
33178
15049
n/a
n/a
500
35014
15882
35787
16233
n/a
n/a
Shipping
Operating
Shipping
Operating
Shipping
Operating
n/a
n/a
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes refrigerant.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
24
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Dimensions and Weights
Table 13. Weight - packaged units - 50 Hz - aluminum or CompleteCoat coils
Unit
Size
(tons)
Standard Efficiency
Shipping
lb
High Efficiency
Operating
kg
lb
Shipping
kg
Operating
lb
kg
lb
kg
120
n/a
10832
4913
11146
5056
130
n/a
10910
4949
11146
5056
140
10844
4919
11146
5056
10871
4931
11160
5062
155
11131
5049
11397
5170
12466
5654
12786
5800
170
11426
5183
11632
5276
12742
5780
12990
5892
185
12797
5805
13111
5947
14383
6524
14754
6692
200
12962
5879
13304
6035
14516
6584
14967
6789
250
18051
8188
19186
8703
19176
8698
20483
9291
275
19715
8943
20240
9181
21944
9954
21532
9767
300
20242
9182
21027
9538
22272
10102
22185
10063
350
23231
10537
23799
10795
24924
11305
25812
11708
375
24360
11049
25213
11436
26298
11929
26963
12230
400
25222
11440
25854
11727
27120
12301
27751
12588
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes refrigerant.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
Table 14. Weight - packaged units - 50 Hz - copper coils
Unit
Size
(tons)
Standard Efficiency
Shipping
lb
High Efficiency
Operating
kg
120
lb
Shipping
kg
n/a
130
n/a
Operating
lb
kg
lb
kg
13407
6081
13734
6230
13426
6090
13734
6230
140
13417
6086
13734
6230
13446
6099
13734
6230
155
13851
6283
13962
6333
15772
7154
16192
7345
170
13856
6285
14366
6516
16162
7331
17421
7902
185
16216
7355
16463
7467
18570
8423
18979
8609
200
16381
7430
16721
7584
18833
8542
19223
8719
250
22058
10005
21837
9905
24015
10893
24056
10912
275
24584
11151
25095
11383
26617
12073
27135
12308
300
25893
11745
26336
11946
27617
12527
28182
12783
350
29084
13192
29527
13393
32037
14532
32712
14838
375
30432
13804
30971
14048
32463
14725
32971
14955
400
32112
14566
32787
14872
34982
15867
35525
16114
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes refrigerant.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
25
Dimensions and Weights
Seismically Rated Unit Weights
Table 15. Weight - seismically rated - packaged units - 60 Hz - aluminum or CompleteCoat coils
Standard Efficiency
High Efficiency
Extra Efficiency
Unit
Size
(tons)
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
140
11374
5159
11646
5283
11402
5172
11711
5312
12780
5797
13185
5981
155
11456
5196
11703
5308
12720
5770
13067
5927
14683
6660
15021
6813
170
11421
5180
11779
5343
12780
5797
13214
5994
15177
6884
15433
7000
185
13103
5943
13544
6143
14683
6660
15008
6807
16711
7580
17234
7817
200
13528
6136
13853
6284
15177
6884
15457
7011
16817
7628
17234
7817
225
15367
6970
15714
7128
16711
7580
17234
7817
250
15662
7104
15951
7235
16817
7628
17234
7817
21500
9752
22100
10025
275
19976
9061
20669
9375
21413
9713
22100
10025
22750
10319
23268
10554
300
21734
9858
22275
10104
22750
10319
23268
10554
25277
11465
25935
11764
350
22628
10264
23105
10480
25277
11465
25935
11764
28493
12924
29138
13216
400
26679
12102
27147
12313
28493
12924
29138
13216
450
28157
12772
28763
13046
n/a
n/a
500
28493
12924
29308
13294
n/a
n/a
Shipping
Operating
Shipping
Operating
Shipping
Operating
n/a
n/a
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes refrigerant.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
26
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Dimensions and Weights
Remote Evaporator Unit Weights
Table 16. Weights - condensing unit - 60 Hz
Standard Efficiency
Unit
Size
(tons)
Shipping
lb
High Efficiency
Operating
kg
lb
Shipping
kg
lb
Operating
kg
lb
kg
8292
3761
8624
3912
Aluminum or CompleteCoat™ coils
140
8359
3792
8624
3912
155
8299
3764
8624
3912
9460
4291
9931
4505
170
8304
3767
8624
3912
10610
4813
9944
4510
185
10944
4964
10226
4638
11060
5017
11512
5222
200
11179
5071
10625
4819
11443
5190
11886
5391
225
11531
5230
11997
5442
-
-
-
-
250
11623
5272
12126
5500
-
-
-
-
Copper Coils
140
10956
4970
11200
5080
10751
4877
11200
5080
155
10973
4977
11200
5080
12916
5859
13340
6051
170
10877
4934
11200
5080
13451
6101
13375
6067
185
13610
6173
13645
6189
15326
6952
15778
7157
200
13665
6198
14048
6372
15707
7125
16148
7325
225
15795
7164
16252
7372
-
-
-
-
250
15888
7207
16386
7433
-
-
-
-
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes nitrogen holding charge.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
Table 17.
Nominal
Tonnage
Weights - remote evaporator - 60 Hz
Standard Efficiency
High Efficiency
Shipping
Weight (lb)
Shipping
Weight (kg)
Operating
Weight (lb)
Operating
Weight (kg)
Shipping
Weight (lb)
Shipping
Weight (kg)
Operating
Weight (lb)
Operating
Weight (kg)
140
2486
1128
2730
1238
2528
1147
2805
1272
155
2525
1145
2790
1266
2556
1159
2850
1293
170
2528
1147
2805
1272
2600
1179
2920
1325
185
2556
1159
2850
1293
2797
1269
3114
1413
200
2600
1179
2920
1325
2846
1291
3192
1448
225
2797
1269
3114
1413
-
-
-
-
250
2846
1291
3192
1448
-
-
-
-
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes nitrogen holding charge.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
27
Installation - Mechanical
Location Requirements
Rigging
Noise Considerations
Lifting Procedure
Locate outdoor unit away from sound sensitive areas. If
required, install rubber vibration isolators in all water
piping and use flexible electrical conduit. Consult an
acoustical engineer for critical applications. Also refer to
Trane Engineering Bulletins for application information on
RTAC chillers.
Foundation
A base or foundation is not required if unit location is level
and strong enough to support unit’s operating weight as
listed in “General Data,” p. 9, Table 1, p. 10 through
Table 10, p. 19. Provide rigid, non-warping mounting pads
or concrete foundation of sufficient strength and mass to
support unit operating weight (including piping, and full
operating charges of refrigerant, oil and water). Once in
place, outdoor unit must be level within 1/ 4" (6 mm) over
its length and width.
Trane Company is not responsible for equipment
problems resulting from an improperly designed or
constructed foundation.
Note: To allow for cleaning under the condensing coil, it
is recommended that an opening be left between
the unit base and the concrete pad.
Clearances
Provide enough space around the outdoor unit to allow the
installation and maintenance personnel unrestricted
access to all service points. Refer to submittal drawings for
the unit dimensions. A minimum of 4 feet (1.2 m) is
recommended for compressor service. Provide sufficient
clearance for the opening of control panel doors. See
Figure 5, p. 21 through Figure 9, p. 23 in “Dimensions and
Weights,” p. 21 for minimum clearances. In all cases, local
codes which require additional clearances will take
precedence over these recommendations.
WARNING
Heavy Objects!
Ensure that all the lifting equipment used is properly
rated for the weight of the unit being lifted. Each of the
cables (chains or slings), hooks, and shackles used to
lift the unit must be capable of supporting the entire
weight of the unit. Lifting cables (chains or slings) may
not be of the same length. Adjust as necessary for even
unit lift. Other lifting arrangements could cause
equipment or property damage. Failure to follow
instructions above or properly lift unit could result in
unit dropping and possibly crushing operator/
technician which could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Improper Unit Lift!
Test lift unit approximately 24 inches to verify proper
center of gravity lift point. To avoid dropping of unit,
reposition lifting point if unit is not level. Failure to
properly lift unit could result in unit dropping and
possibly crushing operator/technician which could
result in death or serious injury and possible
equipment or property-only damage.
WARNING
Heavy Objects!
Ensure that all the lifting equipment used is properly
rated for the weight of the unit being lifted. Each of the
cables (chains or slings), hooks, and shackles used to
lift the unit must be capable of supporting the entire
weight of the unit. Lifting cables (chains or slings) may
not be of the same length. Adjust as necessary for even
unit lift. Other lifting arrangements could cause
equipment or property damage. Failure to follow
instructions above or properly lift unit could result in
unit dropping and possibly crushing operator/
technician which could result in death or serious injury.
Important:
Do not fork lift unit.
See Table 18, p. 30 through Table 22, p. 32 for lifting
weights and Table 23, p. 33 and Table 24, p. 33 for center of
gravity (CG) dimensions.
28
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Rigging
See Figure 10 through Figure 12, p. 29 for lifting point
references, Table 19 through Table 21 for lifting weights,
and unit submittals lift point dimensions.
Figure 10. Lifting the unit (packaged and remote) 15-21 foot base
Figure 11. Lifting the unit (packaged and remote) 30-36 foot base
Control Panel
W1 - near side
W2 - far side
W3 - near side
W4 - far side
W5 - near side
W6 - far side
Figure 12. Lifting the unit (packaged and remote) 39-45 foot base
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
29
Installation - Mechanical
Figure 13. Lifting the remote evap
W1 - Near Side
W2 - Far Side
W3 - Near Side
W4 - Far Side
25”
(625mm)
30”
(762mm)
SIDE VIEW
Lifting Weights Tables
Table 18.
Lifting weights (lbs) - packaged units - 60 Hz
Size
(tons)
Lifting Location
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
2443
2814
2622
2953
-
-
-
-
155
2446
2881
2627
2956
-
-
-
-
170
2447
2831
2633
2966
-
-
-
-
185
3244
3584
2656
2995
-
-
-
-
200
3285
3701
2741
3157
-
-
-
-
225
3943
4177
3183
3332
-
-
-
-
250
3657
4167
3518
3574
-
-
-
-
275
3376
2957
3372
2975
3377
2968
-
-
300
3470
3099
3640
3258
3814
3418
-
-
350
3389
3023
3787
3382
4187
3782
-
-
400
3448
3315
3226
3205
3123
3102
3026
2964
450
3440
3419
3324
3303
3154
3133
3032
4011
500
3373
3299
3405
3331
3452
3378
3486
3412
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
140
2446
2820
2630
2963
-
-
-
-
155
3114
3508
2549
2943
-
-
-
-
170
3124
3524
2561
2962
-
-
-
-
185
3469
4059
2933
3523
-
-
-
-
200
3657
4139
3135
3523
-
-
-
-
225
2581
2904
2489
2812
2400
2729
-
-
250
2607
2904
2518
2825
2433
2729
-
-
275
3272
2884
3592
3204
3915
3526
-
-
300
2974
2647
2911
2584
2801
2514
2785
2451
350
2936
2876
3003
2943
3075
3015
3143
3082
400
3373
3299
3405
3331
3452
3378
3486
3412
Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency
140
3124
3524
2561
2962
-
-
-
-
155
3469
4059
2933
3523
-
-
-
-
170
3657
4139
3135
3523
-
-
-
-
185
2581
2904
2489
2812
2400
2729
-
-
200
2607
2904
2518
2825
2433
2729
-
-
250
3272
2884
3592
3204
3998
3526
-
-
275
2974
2647
2911
2584
2801
2514
2785
2451
300
2936
2876
3003
2943
3075
3015
3143
3082
350
3373
3299
3405
3331
3452
3378
3486
3412
30
END VIEW
Table 18.
Lifting weights (lbs) - packaged units - 60 Hz
Size
(tons)
Lifting Location
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
2916
3405
3346
3740
-
-
-
-
155
2919
3405
3352
3744
-
-
-
-
170
2920
3412
3357
3753
-
-
-
-
185
3991
4450
3500
3929
-
-
-
-
200
4032
4567
3585
4120
-
-
-
-
225
4593
5261
4101
4784
-
-
-
-
250
4639
5261
4149
4856
-
-
-
-
275
4319
3898
4170
3772
4078
3668
-
-
300
4513
3980
4552
4169
4618
4207
-
-
350
4289
3892
4769
4363
5244
4838
-
-
400
4220
4198
4100
4078
3975
3953
3857
3835
450
4549
4526
4290
4268
3909
3887
3638
3615
500
4369
4293
4395
4319
4434
4358
4461
4385
Copper Coils - High Efficiency
140
2919
3410
3354
3743
-
-
-
-
155
3973
4374
3393
3907
-
-
-
-
170
3870
4390
3405
3925
-
-
-
-
185
4404
5144
3981
4721
-
-
-
-
200
4593
5223
4101
4784
-
-
-
-
225
3189
3625
3247
3685
3303
3745
-
-
250
3214
3625
3276
3685
3336
3745
-
-
275
4235
3898
4522
4132
4810
4420
-
-
300
3818
3527
3708
3379
3545
3216
3398
3069
350
4054
4035
3930
3911
3800
3781
3678
3659
400
4369
4293
4395
4319
4434
4358
4461
4385
Copper Coils - Extra Efficiency
140
3870
4390
3405
3925
-
-
-
-
155
4404
5144
3981
4721
-
-
-
-
170
4593
5223
4101
4784
-
-
-
-
185
3189
3625
3247
3685
3303
3745
-
-
200
3214
3625
3276
3685
3336
3745
-
-
250
4235
3898
4522
4132
4810
4420
-
-
275
3818
3527
3708
3379
3545
3216
3398
3069
300
4054
4035
3930
3911
3800
3781
3678
3659
350
4521
4293
4395
4319
4434
4358
4461
4385
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Table 19.
Size
(tons)
Lifting weights (lbs) - packaged units - 50 Hz
Table 20.
Lifting Location
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
Size
(tons)
Lifting weights (lbs) - seismically rated units
Lifting Location
W1
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
2445
2817
2625
2957
-
-
-
-
140
2565
2955
2753
3101
-
-
-
-
155
2556
2837
2750
2988
-
-
-
-
155
2568
3025
2758
3104
-
-
-
-
170
2554
2946
2793
3133
-
-
-
-
170
2569
2973
2765
3114
-
-
-
-
185
3287
3708
2690
3112
-
-
-
-
185
3406
3763
2789
3145
-
-
-
-
200
3302
3721
2760
3179
-
-
-
-
200
3449
3886
2878
3315
-
-
-
-
250
2972
2538
3254
2825
3446
3016
-
-
225
4140
4386
3342
3499
-
-
-
-
275
4084
3574
3618
3109
2920
2410
-
-
250
3840
4375
3694
3753
-
-
-
-
300
3340
2929
3576
3165
3814
3418
-
-
275
3545
3105
3541
3124
3546
3116
-
-
350
3043
3023
2958
2939
2869
2849
2785
2765
300
3644
3254
3822
3421
4005
3589
-
-
375
3347
3315
3135
3101
2911
2878
3005
2668
350
3558
3174
3976
3551
4396
3971
-
-
400
3311
3291
3226
3192
3123
3089
3026
2964
400
3620
3481
3387
3365
3279
3257
3177
3112
450
3612
3590
3490
3468
3312
3290
3184
4212
120
2443
2814
2622
2953
-
-
-
-
500
3542
3464
3575
3498
3625
3547
3660
3583
130
2446
2881
2627
2956
-
-
-
-
140
2448
2822
2634
2967
-
-
-
-
140
2568
2961
2762
3111
-
-
-
-
155
3230
3537
2696
3003
-
-
-
-
155
3270
3683
2676
3090
-
-
-
-
170
3253
3666
2705
3118
-
-
-
-
170
3280
3700
2689
3110
-
-
-
-
185
3589
4139
3053
3602
-
-
-
-
185
3642
4262
3080
3699
-
-
-
-
200
3703
4139
3100
3574
-
-
-
-
200
3840
4346
3292
3699
-
-
-
-
250
3376
2957
3406
2975
3446
3016
-
-
225
2710
3049
2613
2953
2520
2865
-
-
275
4322
3018
3710
3304
3998
3592
-
-
250
2737
3049
2644
2966
2555
2865
-
-
300
2974
2647
2911
2584
2831
3089
2785
2451
275
3436
3028
3772
3364
4111
3702
-
-
350
3311
3291
3204
3184
3100
2847
3005
2982
300
3123
2779
3057
2713
2941
2640
2924
2574
375
3412
3391
3297
3276
3154
3105
3679
2984
350
3083
3020
3153
3090
3229
3166
3300
3236
400
3373
3299
3389
3331
3452
3378
3486
3412
400
3542
3464
3575
3498
3625
3547
3660
3583
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency
140
2918
3407
3349
3743
-
-
-
-
140
3280
3700
2689
3110
-
-
-
-
155
3030
3428
3474
3919
-
-
-
-
155
3642
4262
3080
3699
-
-
-
-
170
3027
3536
3518
3775
-
-
-
-
170
3840
4346
3292
3699
-
-
-
-
185
4033
4574
3534
4075
-
-
-
-
185
2710
3049
2613
2953
2520
2865
-
-
200
4048
4586
3604
4143
-
-
-
-
200
2737
3049
2644
2966
2555
2865
-
-
250
3550
3120
3934
3504
4190
3760
-
-
250
3436
3028
3772
3364
4198
3702
-
-
275
4632
4157
4297
3822
4078
3598
-
-
275
3123
2779
3057
2713
2941
2640
2924
2574
300
4387
4130
4488
4076
4618
4194
-
-
300
3083
3020
3153
3090
3229
3166
3300
3236
350
3803
3782
3700
3679
3591
3570
3490
3469
350
3542
3464
3575
3498
3625
3547
3660
3583
375
4351
4317
4003
3969
3637
3603
3293
3259
400
4207
4185
4087
4065
3962
3940
3844
3822
Copper Coils - High Efficiency
120
2916
3405
3346
3740
-
-
-
-
130
2919
3405
3352
3750
-
-
-
-
140
2921
3413
3358
3754
-
-
-
-
155
3863
4403
3540
3966
-
-
-
-
170
4000
4532
3549
4081
-
-
-
-
185
4525
5223
4101
4721
-
-
-
-
200
4639
5261
4149
4784
-
-
-
-
250
4319
3898
4204
3772
4127
3695
-
-
275
4387
3980
4639
4232
4893
4486
-
-
300
3845
3517
3698
3369
3535
3206
3388
3059
350
4198
4177
4078
4057
3952
3930
3833
3812
375
4521
4498
4263
4240
3882
3860
3611
3588
400
4369
4293
4395
4319
4418
4358
4461
4369
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
31
Installation - Mechanical
Table 21.
Lifting weights (lbs) - remote evaporator
condensing units - 60 Hz
Standard Efficiency
High Efficiency
Lifting Location
Lifting Location
Size
(tons)
W1
W2
W3
140
1993
2303
1899
2164
155
1996
2236
1903
2164
170
1994
2239
1903
185
2682
2920
200
2713
3025
225
3025
250
W4
W1
W2
W3
W4
1993
2236
1899
2164
1552
2844
1904
3160
2168
2551
2848
1903
3308
2011
3331
2837
3315
2215
2693
2083
3358
3025
3390
2335
2693
3430
2335
2741
-
-
-
-
3071
3430
2381
2741
-
-
-
-
140
2466
2827
2624
3039
2466
2711
2624
2950
155
2569
2827
2627
2950
3298
3710
2748
3160
170
2467
2829
2627
2954
3417
3845
2881
3308
185
3474
3913
2892
3331
3773
4399
3264
3890
200
3489
3891
2927
3358
3960
4474
3383
3890
225
3960
4514
3383
3938
-
-
-
-
250
4006
4514
3430
3938
-
-
-
-
Aluminum Coils
Copper Coils
Table 22.
Lifting weights (lbs) - remote evaporators
Standard Efficiency
High Efficiency
Lifting Location
Lifting Location
Size
(tons)
W1
W2
W3
140
621
621
622
622
155
632
631
631
631
170
632
632
632
185
639
639
200
650
650
225
699
250
711
W4
W1
W2
W3
W4
632
632
632
632
639
639
639
639
632
650
650
650
650
639
639
699
699
699
700
650
650
711
711
712
712
699
699
700
-
-
-
-
711
712
712
-
-
-
-
Aluminum Coils
32
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Center of Gravity
Table 23.
Unit Size
(tons)
Table 23.
Center of gravity (in) - 60 Hz
Packaged
X
Y
Z
Remote
X
Y
Remote Evap
Z
X
Y
Z
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
88
45
35.5
85
45
37.25
39
30
25
155
88
45
35.5
85
45
37.25
39
30
25
170
88
45
35.5
85
45
37.25
39
30
25
185
106
44
35.5
103
44
39
53
30
25
200
106
45
35.5
107
45
39
53
30
25
225
124
45
35.5
121
45
41.5
53
30
25
250
124
45
35.5
121
45
41.5
53
30
25
275
176
42
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
300
199
42
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
350
205
42
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
400
234
44
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
450
266
44
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
500
274
44
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
Unit Size
(tons)
Center of gravity (in) - 60 Hz (continued)
Packaged
X
Y
Remote
Z
Y
Remote Evap
Z
X
Y
Z
Copper Coils - High Efficiency
140
90
45
38
88
45
37.25
39
30
25
155
108
45
38
106
45
39
53
30
25
170
108
45
38
106
45
39
53
30
25
185
126
46
38
125
46
41.5
53
30
25
200
126
45
38
124
45
41.5
53
30
25
225
170
45
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
250
170
45
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
275
201
42
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
300
219
42
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
350
234
44
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
400
273
44
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
Copper Coils - Extra Efficiency
140
108
45
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
155
126
46
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
170
126
45
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
185
170
45
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
200
170
45
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
250
201
42
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
275
219
42
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
300
234
44
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
350
273
44
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
140
88
45
35.5
85
45
37.25
39
30
25
155
106
45
35.5
103
45
39
53
30
25
170
106
45
35.5
103
45
39
53
30
25
185
124
46
35.5
122
46
41.5
53
30
25
200
124
45
35.5
121
45
41.5
53
30
25
225
167
45
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
250
167
45
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
275
203
42
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
300
222
42
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
350
234
44
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
400
274
44
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit Size
(tons)
140
106
45
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
120
-
-
155
124
46
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
130
-
-
170
124
45
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
140
88
185
167
45
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
155
200
167
45
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
250
203
42
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
275
222
42
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
300
234
44
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
350
274
44
35.5
-
-
-
-
-
Table 24.
Center of gravity (in) - packaged units - 50 Hz
Standard Efficiency
Y
Z
-
88
45
35.5
-
88
45
35.5
45
35.5
88
45
35.5
88
44
35.5
106
44
35.5
170
89
45
35.5
106
45
35.5
185
106
45
35.5
124
45
35.5
200
106
45
35.5
124
45
35.5
250
182
41
35.5
177
41
35.5
-
275
172
41
35.5
202
42
35.5
300
201
42
35.5
222
42
35.5
350
235
44
35.5
234
44
35.5
375
229
44
35.5
266
44
35.5
400
234
44
35.5
274
44
35.5
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
90
45
38
88
45
37.25
39
30
25
155
90
45
38
88
45
37.25
39
30
25
170
90
45
38
88
45
37.25
39
30
25
185
108
44
38
106
44
39
53
30
25
200
108
45
38
107
45
39
53
30
25
225
126
45
38
125
45
41.5
53
30
25
250
126
45
38
125
45
41.5
53
30
25
275
174
42
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
300
195
43
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
350
204
43
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
400
235
44
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
450
261
44
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
500
273
44
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
Y
Z
High Efficiency
X
Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
X
Aluminum Coils
Copper Coils
120
-
-
-
90
45
38
130
-
-
-
90
45
38
140
90
45
38
90
45
38
155
90
44
38
108
44
38
170
90
45
38
108
45
38
185
108
45
38
126
45
38
200
108
45
38
126
45
38
250
183
42
38
174
42
38
275
171
42
38
200
42
38
300
197
42
38
220
42
38
350
235
44
38
235
44
38
375
227
44
38
261
44
38
400
235
44
38
273
44
38
33
Installation - Mechanical
Isolation and Sound Emission
Mounting and Leveling
The most effective form of isolation is to locate the unit
away from any sound sensitive area. Structurally
transmitted sound can be reduced by elastomeric
vibration eliminators. Spring isolators are not
recommended for non-seismically rated applications.
Consult an acoustical engineer in critical sound
applications.
For additional reduction of sound and vibration, install the
optional elastomeric isolators, seismic isolation pads or
seismic spring isolators. See “Unit Isolation,” p. 34 for
details.
For maximum isolation effect, isolate water lines and
electrical conduit. Wall sleeves and rubber isolated piping
hangers can be used to reduce the sound transmitted
through water piping.To reduce the sound transmitted
through electrical conduit, use flexible electrical conduit.
Level the unit using the base rail as a reference.The unit
must be level within 1/4-in (6 mm) over the entire length
and width. Use shims as necessary to level the unit.
State and local codes on sound emissions should always
be considered. Since the environment in which a sound
source is located affects sound pressure, unit placement
must be carefully evaluated. Sound power levels forTrane
air-cooled Series R® chillers are available on request.
Construct an isolated concrete pad for the unit or provide
concrete footings at the unit mounting points. Mount the
unit directly to the concrete pads or footings.
Unit Isolation
Elastomeric Isolators
(Optional for units without seismic rating)
See Figure 14 and Table 25 for description of elastomeric
isolators (model number digit 33 = R or G).
Figure 14. RTAC elastomeric isolator
L
L
C
C
Isolator mounting holes
to outside, and under unit
1/2-13NC-2B
B
D
D
M
Unit Base Rail
W
W
Mounting molded in Neoprene
A
H
H
Isolator Installation Orientation
E
Table 25. RTAC elastomeric isolator details
EXT
Max Load Each
(lbs)
Color
61
1500
BROWN
62
2250
RED
63
3000
GREEN
64
4000
GRAY
Maximum
Deflection (in)
A
B
C
D
E
H
L
M
W
Type
0.50
3.00
0.50
5.00
0.56
0.38
2.75
6.25
1.60±
.25
4.63
RDP-4
\
See “Elastomeric Isolator Mounting Units without Seismic
Rating,” p. 37 for isolator selection, placement and point
weights.
1. Secure the isolators to the mounting surface using the
mounting slots in the isolator base plate. Do not fully
tighten the isolator mounting bolts at this time.
Important:
34
For proper operation, isolator must be
oriented as shown in Figure 14. Mounting
holes must be to the outside, and under the
unit.
2. Align the mounting holes in the base of the unit with
the threaded positioning pins on the top of the
isolators.
3. Lower the unit onto the isolators and secure the
isolator to the unit with a nut.
4. Level the unit carefully. Fully tighten the isolator
mounting bolts.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Unit Isolation for Seismically Rated Units
Seismic Elastomeric Isolation Pads
Elastomeric pads are provided with an isolation washer
and 3/4” free hole in the center of the plate. Isolation pads
are shipped inside the unit control panel. See Table 26 for
pad specifications.
Table 26.
Seismically rated elastomeric isolation pad
Set isolation pads on mounting surface, ensuring that all
isolator centerlines match the submittal drawing.
Place unit on pads, and secure as shown in Figure 15 using
provided isolation washer and additional hardware
obtained locally.
Figure 15. Seismic isolation pad — installed(a)
Dimension (in)
Model
Max Load
Length
Width
Height
B-36
2520
6
6
.625
Grade 8 Bolt
See Table 27 for quantity of isolation pads required and
“Seismic Isolator Mounting,” p. 44 or unit submittal for
isolator placement dimensional information.
Table 27.
Unit Base Rail
Grade 8 Washer
Fender Washer
Steel
Plate
Isolation
Washer
Isolation Pad
Seismic elastomeric isolation pad quantities
Building Support Structure
Efficiency
Unit Size (tons)
Std
High
Extra
120
-
-
-
130
-
-
-
140
8
8
8
155
8
8
10
170
8
8
10
185
8
10
10
Fender Washer
Grade 8 Washer
Nut
(Washers under support structure recommended
if job site has an I-beam or C-channel.)
(a) Not to scale.
•
With the exception of the isolation washer, hardware is
not included.
200
8
10
10
•
Recommended use of Grade 8 hardware
225
10
10
-
•
250
10
10
12
Units have a tapered base rail that requires a tapered
washer
275
10
12
12
•
Support structure may vary
300
12
12
12
350
12
12
14
375
-
-
-
400
12
14
-
450
14
-
-
500
14
-
-
• If job site has an I-beam or C-channel, a fender
washer and grade 8 washer should be installed
under the support structure.
NOTICE:
Replace Isolation Pads and Hardware
after Seismic Event!
If unit experiences a seismic event, isolation pads and
hardware must be replaced. Failure to replace isolation
pads and hardware would compromise the installation
and could result in equipment damage during future
seismic events.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
35
Installation - Mechanical
Seismic Spring Isolators
See “Seismic Isolator Mounting,” p. 44 for mounting
locations, isolator selection and point weights.
Seismically rated isolators are optional for IBC and OSHPD
seismically rated units.
Install the optional seismically rated isolators at each
mounting location specified in section “Seismic Isolator
Mounting,” p. 44.
Figure 17.
MSSH Seismic isolator installation reference
Table 28.
("H")
("I")
Isolators are identified by part number and color as shown
in Table 28. For dimensions, see Figure 16.
("E")
CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
("A")
("G")
RTAC seismically rated isolator
("E")
GROMMET
Model
Rated Rated
Spring
Load Deflection Rate
(lbs) (in)
(lbs/in) Color Code
MSSH-1E-2000
2000
1.11
1800
White
MSSH-1E-2575N
2575
1.11
2313
White/Dk Purple
MSSH-1E-2990N
2990
1.11
2682
White/Dk Green
1/4 - 3/8
WASHER
("F")
Figure 16. MSSH seismically rated isolator
8
1 1/8
5/8 EQUIPMENT
CLAMP DOWN NUT
CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
("E")
("A")
(BASE PLATE)
3/4 DIA HOLE FOR
ATTACHMENT TO
STEEL (4 TYP)
(VIEW CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY)
2 1/4
6 1/4
("B")
("H")
("I")
13/16 DIA HOLE FOR
ATTACHMENT TO
CONCRETE (4 TYP)
("F")
2 7/8
7/8
1 1/2
7 1/4
CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
STEEL SHIM
(REMOVE AFTER
SPRING ADJUSTMENT)
5/8 ADJUSTING
NUT
ELASTOMERIC
SNUBBER
1/4 - 3/8
PVC
BUSHING
8
FREE &
OPERATING
HEIGHT
TOP
COMPRESSION
CUP
ELASTOMERIC
CUP
10 1/4
5 3/4
("C")
("D")
("C")
3/8 GAP
1. Set isolators on mounting surface, ensuring that all
isolator centerlines match the submittal drawing. All
isolator base plates (B) must be installed on a level
surface. Shim or grout as required, leveling all isolat(or
base plates at the same elevation.
2. Anchor all isolators to the surface using thru holes (C)
for concrete or (D) for steel as require. Welding to steel
is permitted providing the weld achieves the required
strength.
3. Remove clamp down nut (H) and washer (I). Isolators
are shipped with (2) removable spacer shims (E)
between the top plate and the housing.
CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
Important: These shims MUST be in place when the
equipment is positioned over the isolators.
(1/2)
SHIPPING SPACER
REMOVAL STRAP
(NOT SHOWN
IN OTHER VIEW
FOR CLARITY)
1/2 LIMIT STOP
(NOT SHOWN
IN TOP VIEW
FOR CLARITY)
(3/8)
4. With all shims (E) in place, place the equipment onto
the top plate (A) of the isolators.
5. Bolt equipment securely to the isolators using washer
(I) and nut (H).
Important: The following adjustment process can only
begin after the equipment or machine is at
its full operating weight.
8
36
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
6. Back off each of the (2) or (4) limit stop locknuts (F) per
isolator 1/4-3/8”.
7. Adjust each isolator in sequence by turning adjusting
nut(s) (G) one full clockwise turn at a time. Repeat this
procedure on all isolators, one at a time. check the limit
stop locknuts (F) periodically to ensure that clearance
between the washer and rubber grommet is
maintained. Stop adjustment of an isolator only when
the top plate (A) has risen just above the shim (E).
8. Remove all spacer shims (E).
9. Fine adjust isolators to level equipment.
Table 29.
Mounting locations —
60 Hz units without seismic rating (continued)
Dimension (in)
Size
(tons)
A
B
C
D
E
185
15.13
39
69
64
64
200
15.13
39
69
64
64
225
15.59
56
95
75
105
250
15.59
56
95
75
105
275
18.70
71
90
100
140
300
18.70
87
110
125
115
350
18.70
139
103
67
128
10. Adjust all limit stop locknuts (F) per isolator to obtain 3/
8” gap. the limit stop nuts must be kept at this 3/8” gap
to ensure uniform bolt loading during uplift.
400
18.70
127
127
127
127
140
15.08
48
76
76
-
Isolator Selection and Mounting Locations
155
15.08
39
69
64
64
170
15.08
39
69
64
64
185
15.59
56
95
75
105
200
15.59
56
95
75
105
250
18.70
71
90
100
140
275
18.70
87
110
125
115
300
18.70
139
103
67
128
350
18.70
128
127
127
127
Elastomeric Isolator Mounting
Units without Seismic Rating
Figure 18. Mounting locations (without seismic rating)
B
C
D
E
CONTROL PANEL (CKT 1 PANEL)
A
Table 29.
Size
(tons)
1.0”
Extra Efficiency
Table 30.
Size
(tons)
Mounting locations —
50 Hz units without seismic rating
Dimension (in)
A
B
C
D
E
Standard Efficiency
1.0”
Mounting locations —
60 Hz units without seismic rating
Dimension (in)
A
B
C
D
E
Standard Efficiency
140
15.13
46
53
53
-
155
15.13
46
53
53
-
170
15.13
46
53
53
-
185
15.08
48
76
76
-
200
15.08
48
76
76
-
250
18.70
76
90
90
75
275
18.70
76
90
90
75
300
18.70
71
90
100
140
140
15.13
46
53
53
-
375
18.70
139
103
67
128
155
15.13
46
53
53
-
350
18.70
139
103
67
128
170
15.13
46
53
53
-
400
18.70
139
103
67
128
185
15.08
48
76
76
-
200
15.08
48
76
76
-
120
15.13
46
53
53
-
225
15.08
39
69
64
64
130
15.13
46
53
53
-
250
15.08
39
69
64
64
140
15.13
46
53
53
-
275
18.70
76
90
90
75
155
15.13
48
76
76
-
300
18.70
71
90
100
140
170
15.13
48
76
76
-
15.13
39
69
64
64
64
High Efficiency
350
18.70
71
90
100
140
185
400
18.70
139
103
67
128
200
15.13
39
69
64
250
15.59
76
90
90
75
275
15.59
71
90
100
140
300
18.70
87
110
125
115
350
18.70
139
103
67
128
375
18.70
128
127
127
127
400
18.70
128
127
127
127
450
18.70
128
127
127
127
500
18.70
128
127
127
127
High Efficiency
140
15.13
46
53
53
-
155
15.13
48
76
76
-
170
15.13
48
76
76
-
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
37
Installation - Mechanical
Elastomeric Isolator Selection
Table 31.
Size
(tons)
Elastomeric isolator selections - packaged units - 60 Hz
Location
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Standard Efficiency
140
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
155
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
170
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
185
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
200
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
225
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
250
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
275
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
300
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
350
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
400
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
450
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
500
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
High Efficiency
140
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
155
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
170
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
185
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
200
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
225
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
250
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
275
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
300
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
350
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
400
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Extra Efficiency
38
140
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
155
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
170
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
185
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
200
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
250
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
275
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
300
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
350
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Table 32.
Size
(tons)
Elastomeric isolator selections - packaged units - 50 Hz
Location
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Standard Efficiency
140
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
155
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
170
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
185
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
200
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
250
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
275
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
300
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
350
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
400
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
High Efficiency
120
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
130
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
140
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
155
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
170
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
-
-
185
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
200
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
Red 62
250
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
275
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
300
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
350
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
400
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
Gray 64
6
7
8
9
10
Table 33.
Size
(tons)
Elastomeric isolator selections - remote units - 60 Hz
Location
1
2
3
4
5
Standard Efficiency
140
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
155
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
170
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
185
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
200
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
225
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
250
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
High Efficiency
140
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
155
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
170
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
-
-
185
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
200
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
Brown 61
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
39
Installation - Mechanical
Point Weights (Units without Seismic Rating)
See Table 34, p. 40 through Table 36, p. 43 for point
weights of units that are NOT seismically rated.
Table 34.
Size
(tons)
See Table 40, p. 46 for seismically rated units (unit model
number digit 13 = S or E).
Point weights (lbs) - packaged units - 60 Hz- units not seismically rated
Isolator Location
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
W10
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
1402
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1333
1379
-
-
155
1402
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1333
1379
-
-
170
1461
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1339
1386
-
-
185
1657
1673
1734
1638
1564
1584
1519
1530
-
-
200
1674
1733
1646
1701
1604
1658
1561
1616
-
-
225
1521
1571
1503
1554
1472
1522
1443
1494
1413
1473
250
1539
1601
1522
1584
1493
1522
1465
1527
1438
1500
275
1925
2188
1887
2148
1870
2082
1787
2062
1750
1986
300
1936
2173
1974
2198
1994
2230
2029
2266
2080
2334
350
1907
2144
1977
2213
2065
2301
2163
2399
2300
2536
400
2744
2758
2667
2646
2584
2564
2531
2510
2428
2422
450
2812
2774
2791
2753
2770
2733
2750
2712
2729
2569
500
2777
2719
2787
2744
2812
2768
2836
2792
2860
2817
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
140
1402
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1339
1387
-
-
155
1588
1648
1565
1609
1505
1558
1465
1507
-
-
170
1657
1652
1565
1622
1515
1579
1465
1530
-
-
185
1419
1523
1405
1510
1381
1496
1358
1466
1335
1400
200
1497
1552
1479
1539
1446
1496
1417
1466
1389
1440
225
1661
1686
1649
1674
1629
1654
1613
1639
1591
1617
250
1661
1686
1649
1674
1629
1654
1613
1639
1591
1617
275
1829
2070
1891
2134
1960
2201
2093
2282
2193
2395
300
2147
2392
2120
2391
2087
2357
2049
2319
2014
2284
350
2647
2629
2535
2517
2452
2434
2512
2380
2294
2300
400
2744
2705
2773
2729
2797
2754
2822
2778
2846
2802
Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency
140
1657
1652
1565
1622
1515
1579
1465
1530
-
-
155
1419
1523
1405
1510
1381
1496
1358
1466
1335
1400
170
1497
1552
1479
1539
1446
1496
1417
1466
1389
1440
185
1661
1686
1649
1674
1629
1654
1613
1639
1591
1617
200
1661
1686
1649
1674
1629
1654
1613
1639
1591
1617
250
1829
2070
1891
2134
1960
2201
2093
2282
2193
2395
275
2147
2392
2120
2391
2087
2357
2049
2319
2014
2284
300
2647
2629
2535
2517
2452
2434
2512
2380
2294
2300
350
2744
2705
2773
2729
2797
2754
2822
2778
2846
2802
40
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Table 34.
Point weights (lbs) - packaged units - 60 Hz- units not seismically rated (continued)
Isolator Location
Size
(tons)
W1
W2
W3
W4
140
1658
1720
1675
1737
1695
155
1658
1720
1675
1737
1695
170
1658
1720
1675
1737
185
2025
2061
2012
200
2042
2121
2040
225
1868
1954
250
1891
275
300
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
W10
1757
1715
1777
-
-
1757
1715
1777
-
-
1695
1757
1715
1776
-
-
2052
1997
2098
1984
2024
-
-
2114
2038
2129
2036
2110
-
-
1865
1945
1861
1951
1859
1049
1857
1947
1961
1890
1960
1887
1957
1885
1956
1883
1953
2505
2768
2458
2700
2358
2589
2215
2501
2130
2384
2550
2787
2458
2786
2547
2784
2545
2782
2543
2798
350
2467
2704
2548
2785
2651
2888
2765
3003
2946
3163
400
3474
3498
3372
3350
3272
3207
3207
3184
3082
3077
450
3576
3602
3465
3468
3332
3199
3199
3202
3066
3069
500
3552
3513
3575
3536
3597
3620
3620
3580
3642
3552
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
Copper Coils - High Efficiency
140
1658
1720
1675
1737
1695
1757
1715
1777
-
-
155
1956
2029
1958
2022
1949
2011
1928
2001
-
-
170
1965
2040
1958
2035
1949
2098
1939
2014
-
-
185
1788
1914
1792
1916
1796
1951
1800
1924
1804
1928
200
1868
1928
1865
1936
1861
1932
1859
1928
1853
1928
225
2077
2125
2090
2135
2105
2152
2118
2166
2137
2185
250
2077
2125
2090
2135
2105
2152
2118
2166
2137
2185
275
2410
2652
2458
2700
2519
2761
2587
2828
2720
2923
300
2825
3097
2766
3037
2690
2962
2605
2876
2526
2798
350
3377
3357
3241
3221
3139
3074
3074
3054
2948
2946
400
3531
3498
3561
3521
3583
3606
3606
3566
3628
3588
Copper Coils - Extra Efficiency
140
1965
2040
1958
2035
1949
2098
1939
2014
-
-
155
1788
1914
1792
1916
1796
1951
1800
1924
1804
1928
170
1868
1928
1865
1936
1861
1932
1859
1928
1853
1928
185
2077
2125
2090
2135
2105
2152
2118
2166
2137
2185
200
2077
2125
2090
2135
2105
2152
2118
2166
2137
2185
250
2410
2652
2458
2700
2519
2761
2587
2828
2720
2923
275
2825
3097
2766
3037
2690
2962
2605
2876
2526
2798
300
3377
3357
3241
3221
3139
3074
3074
3054
2948
2946
350
3531
3498
3561
3521
3583
3606
3606
3566
3628
3588
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
41
Installation - Mechanical
Table 35.
Size
(tons)
Point weights (lbs) - packaged units - 50 Hz
Isolator Location
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
W10
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
1402
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1333
1379
-
-
155
1461
1457
1444
1435
1414
1411
1389
1386
-
-
170
1402
1503
1444
1491
1431
1478
1418
1465
-
-
185
1674
1733
1646
1699
1586
1645
1532
1596
-
-
200
1674
1742
1662
1716
1621
1675
1580
1634
-
-
250
1936
1642
1963
2356
1997
1703
2030
1736
2059
1764
275
2059
2353
1973
2266
1870
2201
1787
2062
1683
1986
300
1936
2104
1890
2198
1994
2196
2029
2266
2080
2334
350
2539
2520
2451
2421
2368
2349
2320
2301
2230
2300
375
2437
2386
2491
2440
2519
2678
2562
2511
2620
2569
400
2744
2758
2667
2646
2584
2564
2531
2510
2428
2422
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
120
1402
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1333
1379
-
-
130
1402
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1333
1379
-
-
140
1402
1450
1383
1430
1361
1408
1339
1387
-
-
155
1657
1648
1617
1622
1585
1579
1541
1537
-
-
170
1597
1712
1629
1684
1586
1645
1541
1596
-
-
185
1468
1552
1455
1539
1446
1522
1417
1494
1389
1472
200
1521
1571
1503
1554
1472
1522
1443
1494
1414
1473
250
1926
2187
1888
2685
1833
2100
1786
2063
2000
2015
275
1907
2174
1973
2209
2022
2273
2093
2244
2193
2444
300
2147
2417
2120
2391
2087
2357
2049
2319
2014
2284
350
2392
2340
2522
2470
2591
2538
2695
2643
2837
2784
375
2755
2718
2735
2698
2715
2678
2695
2658
2674
2637
400
2744
2705
2773
2729
2797
2754
2822
2779
2846
2802
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
1658
1720
1675
1737
1695
1757
1715
1777
-
-
155
1717
1728
1737
1742
1748
1750
1765
1775
-
-
170
1717
1774
1737
1798
1765
1827
1893
1855
-
-
185
2042
2121
2034
2112
2020
2038
2006
2090
-
-
200
2056
2130
2055
2130
2055
2112
2054
2129
-
-
250
2078
2332
2089
1669
2118
2385
2146
2413
2170
2437
275
2638
2933
2529
2805
2358
2653
2215
2501
2079
2384
300
2462
2718
2477
2732
2495
2784
2545
2782
2543
2798
350
3158
3137
3039
3018
2951
2894
2894
2873
2784
2779
375
3576
3579
3291
3255
3083
2948
2948
2912
2689
2690
400
3538
3498
3372
3350
3272
3207
3207
3184
3082
3077
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
120
1658
1720
1675
1737
1695
1757
1715
1777
-
-
130
1658
1720
1675
1737
1695
1757
1715
1777
-
-
140
1658
1720
1675
1737
1695
1757
1715
1777
-
-
155
2025
2040
2012
2035
2009
2033
2007
2031
-
-
170
2025
2100
3034
2098
2020
2038
2016
2090
-
-
185
1839
1954
1842
1945
1846
1920
1859
1956
1857
1961
200
1891
1961
1890
1960
1887
1957
1885
1956
1883
1953
250
2506
2767
2418
2134
2321
2588
2224
2491
2170
2437
275
2488
2740
2529
2805
2581
2833
2639
2828
2720
2972
300
2825
3097
2766
3037
2690
2962
2605
2876
2526
2798
350
3000
2934
3184
3118
3281
3214
3429
3362
3628
3562
375
3576
3579
3442
3445
3309
3176
3176
3179
3043
3046
400
3445
3396
3516
3467
3587
3538
3658
3609
3628
3681
42
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Table 36.
Point weights (lbs) - condensing units - 60 Hz
Isolator Location
Size (tons)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
1150
1183
1095
1128
1032
1065
969
1002
-
-
155
1150
1183
1095
1128
1032
1065
969
1002
-
-
170
1150
1183
1095
1128
1032
1065
969
1002
-
-
185
1381
1384
1325
1331
1241
1246
1156
1162
-
-
200
1397
1437
1351
1391
1279
1318
1206
1246
-
-
225
1251
1307
1222
1279
1172
1229
1126
1190
1081
1140
250
1274
1312
1246
1283
1196
1233
1149
1190
1103
1140
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
140
1150
1183
1095
1128
1032
1065
969
1002
-
-
155
1321
1361
1270
1301
1190
1230
1109
1149
-
-
170
1321
1361
1270
1314
1190
1230
1109
1149
-
-
185
1175
1267
1151
1242
1107
1199
1067
1159
1027
1118
200
1251
1295
1222
1259
1172
1207
1122
1159
1081
1118
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
140
1406
1454
1388
1435
1366
1414
1345
1392
-
-
155
1406
1454
1388
1435
1366
1414
1345
1392
-
-
170
1406
1454
1388
1435
1366
1414
1345
1392
-
-
185
1749
1772
1718
1744
1675
1700
1631
1656
-
-
200
1768
1825
1745
1805
1713
1772
1680
1740
-
-
225
1622
1697
1608
1686
1587
1665
1568
1645
1549
1625
250
1644
1702
1633
1690
1611
1668
1591
1648
1571
1628
Copper Coils - High Efficiency
140
1406
1454
1388
1435
1366
1414
1345
1392
-
-
155
1689
1749
1664
1714
1624
1673
1583
1644
-
-
170
1689
1749
1664
1727
1624
1695
1583
1644
-
-
185
1546
1657
1537
1649
1523
1634
1509
1621
1495
1607
200
1622
1686
1608
1666
1587
1642
1568
1621
1549
1599
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
43
Installation - Mechanical
Seismic Isolator Mounting
Figure 19. Mounting locations — seismic spring isolators or seismic elastomeric pads
B
CONTROL PANEL
(CKT 1 PANEL)
A
Table 37.
Size
(tons)
C
D
C
G
1.19”
4
6
8
10
12
14
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
Table 38.
Dimension (in)
B
F
2
Mounting locations —
60 Hz units with seismic rating
A
E
D
E
F
G
Size
(tons)
1.19”
Mounting locations —
50 Hz units with seismic rating
Dimension (in)
A
B
Standard Efficiency
C
D
E
F
G
Standard Efficiency
140
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
140
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
155
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
155
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
170
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
170
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
185
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
185
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
200
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
200
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
225
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
250
17
76
90
90
75
-
-
250
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
275
17
76
90
90
75
-
-
275
17
76
90
90
75
-
-
300
17
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
-
300
17
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
-
375
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
350
17
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
-
350
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
400
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
400
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
450
17
84.85
84.85
84.85
84.85
92.75
78
500
17
84.85
84.85
84.85
84.85
92.75
78
High Efficiency
High Efficiency
120
17
46
53
53
130
17
46
53
53
140
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
140
17
46
53
53
-
-
-
155
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
155
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
170
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
170
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
185
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
185
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
200
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
200
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
225
17
56
95
75
105
-
-
250
17
76
90
90
75
-
-
250
17
56
95
75
105
-
-
275
17
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
-
275
17
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
-
300
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
300
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
350
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
350
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
375
17
84.85
84.85
84.85
84.85
92.75
78
400
17
84.85
84.85
84.85
84.85
92.75
78
400
17
84.85
84.85
84.85
84.85
92.75
78
Extra Efficiency
140
17
48
76
76
-
-
-
155
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
170
17
39
69
64
64
-
-
185
17
56
95
75
105
-
-
200
17
56
95
75
105
-
-
250
17
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
80.25
-
275
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
300
17
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
-
350
17
84.85
84.85
84.85
84.85
92.75
78
44
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Seismic Spring Isolator Selection
Table 39.
Size
(tons)
Seismic spring isolator selections (MSSH-1E-xxxx)
Location
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Standard Efficiency
140
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
-
-
155
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
-
-
170
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
-
-
185
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
-
-
-
-
-
-
200
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
-
-
-
-
-
-
225
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
250
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
-
-
-
-
275
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
-
-
-
-
300
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
350
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
-
-
400
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
-
-
450
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
500
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
-
High Efficiency
140
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
-
155
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
-
-
170
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
-
-
185
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
200
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
225
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
250
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
275
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
300
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
-
-
350
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
-
-
400
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
140
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
-
-
155
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
170
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
185
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
200
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
-
-
250
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2000
2000
2000
2000
-
-
275
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
2575N
-
-
300
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
-
-
350
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
2990N
Extra Efficiency
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
45
Installation - Mechanical
Point Weights (Units with Seismic Rating)
Table 40.
Point weights (lbs) - seismically rated units
Isolator Location
Size
(tons)
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
140
1465
1515
1445
1494
1422
1471
1393
1441
-
155
1472
1522
1452
1501
1429
1478
1400
1448
-
170
1534
1523
1452
1502
1429
1478
1406
1455
185
1740
1757
1821
1720
1642
1663
1595
200
1758
1820
1728
1786
1684
1741
1639
225
1597
1650
1578
1632
1546
1598
250
1616
1681
1598
1663
1568
275
2360
2250
2251
2140
300
2387
2287
2220
2120
350
2357
2254
2224
400
2322
2410
450
2143
500
1738
W6
W7
W8
W9
W10
W11
W12
W13
W14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1607
-
-
-
-
-
-
1697
-
-
-
-
-
-
1515
1569
1484
1547
-
-
-
-
1598
1538
1603
1510
1575
-
-
-
-
2122
2011
1993
1882
1885
1774
-
-
-
-
2008
1909
1772
1673
1607
1508
1442
1343
-
-
2122
2058
1954
1871
1768
1741
1638
1611
1507
-
-
2280
2368
2239
2327
2197
2286
2156
2245
2115
2203
-
-
2223
2111
2191
2079
2159
2015
2095
1951
2031
1918
1999
1887
1967
1821
1814
1896
1937
2019
2050
2132
2163
2245
2276
2358
2389
2471
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
140
1471
1522
1451
1501
1428
1478
1405
1455
-
-
-
-
-
-
155
1667
1730
1643
1689
1580
1636
1538
1582
-
-
-
-
-
-
170
1740
1735
1643
1703
1591
1658
1538
1606
-
-
-
-
-
-
185
1490
1599
1475
1586
1450
1571
1426
1539
1402
1470
-
-
-
-
200
1572
1630
1553
1616
1518
1571
1488
1539
1458
1512
-
-
-
-
225
1701
1846
1683
1828
1652
1796
1627
1771
1592
1737
-
-
-
-
250
1701
1846
1683
1828
1652
1796
1627
1772
1592
1737
-
-
-
-
275
2293
2193
2153
2054
1976
1877
1780
1680
1642
1543
1504
1406
-
-
300
2308
2204
2181
2077
2055
1950
1927
1824
1801
1697
1674
1571
-
-
350
2218
2302
2179
2263
2139
2223
2100
2184
2060
2144
2021
2105
-
-
400
2043
2125
2043
2124
2043
2123
2041
2122
2039
2121
2038
2120
2037
2119
140
1736
1731
1640
1699
1587
1654
1535
1603
-
-
-
-
-
-
155
1491
1601
1477
1587
1451
1572
1427
1541
1403
1471
-
-
-
-
170
1569
1627
1551
1613
1516
1568
1486
1537
1456
1510
-
-
-
-
185
1701
1846
1683
1828
1651
1796
1627
1772
1592
1737
-
-
-
-
200
1697
1850
1679
1831
1648
1800
1623
1776
1589
1741
-
-
-
-
250
2292
2194
2153
2054
1976
1877
1779
1681
1642
1543
1504
1405
-
-
275
2307
2203
2181
2077
2055
1951
1928
1824
1801
1697
1674
1570
-
-
300
2218
2302
2178
2262
2139
2223
2099
2184
2059
2145
2021
2105
-
-
350
2044
2125
2043
2124
2042
2124
2041
2122
2039
2120
2038
2119
2037
2118
Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency
46
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Drainage
Evaporator Water Piping
Provide large capacity drain for use during shutdown or
repair. Evaporator is provided with drain connection. All
local and national codes apply. Vent on top of evaporator
waterbox prevents vacuum by allowing air into evaporator
for complete drainage.
RTAC units are available with 2- or 3-pass evaporator
configurations.
Figure 20. Evaporator pass configurations - 2 compressor units
Water Connections
2-Pass
Evaporator
Control Panel End
(see End View for details)
Outlet Water
Connection
Inlet Water
Connection
Top View
(Condenser removed for clarity)
End View
(Non-control panel end)
3-Pass
Evaporator
Control Panel End
Inlet Water
Connection
Outlet Water
Connection
Figure 21.
Top View
(Condenser removed for clarity)
Evaporator pass configurations - 3 or 4 compressor units
Water Connections
2-Pass Evaporator
Circuit 2 Control Panel
Circuit 1 Control Panel
(see End View for details)
Top View
(Condenser removed for clarity)
Outlet
Inlet
End View
(Circuit 1 control panel end
Panel removed for clarity)
Circuit 2 Control Panel
Circuit 1 Control Panel
3-Pass Evaporator
Inlet Water
Connection
Outlet Water
Connection
Top View
(Condenser removed for clarity)
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
47
Installation - Mechanical
Thoroughly flush all water piping to the unit before making
the final piping connections to the unit.
Components and layout will vary slightly, depending on
the location of connections and the water source.
NOTICE:
Evaporator Damage!
The chilled water connections to the evaporator are to
be “victaulic” type connections. Do not attempt to
weld these connections, as the heat generated from
welding can cause microscopic and macroscopic
fractures on the cast iron waterboxes that can lead to
premature failure of the waterbox. To prevent damage
to chilled water components, do not allow evaporator
pressure (maximum working pressure) to exceed 150
psig (10.5 bar).
Provide shutoff valves in gauge lines to isolate them from
system when not in use. Use rubber vibration eliminators
to prevent vibration transmission through water lines. If
desired, install thermometers in lines to monitor entering
and leaving water temperatures. Install a balancing valve
in leaving water line to control water flow balance. Install
shutoff valves on both entering and leaving water lines so
evaporator can be isolated for service.
NOTICE:
Evaporator Damage!
To prevent evaporator damage, pipe strainers must be
installed in the water supplies to protect components
from water born debris. Trane is not responsible for
equipment-only-damage caused by water born debris.
“Piping components” include all devices and controls
used to provide proper water system operation and unit
operating safety.These components and their general
locations are given below.
Entering Chilled Water Piping
•
•
•
•
•
•
Air vents (to bleed air from system).
Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves.
Vibration eliminators.
Shutoff (isolation) valves.Thermometers (if desired).
Clean-out tees.
Pipe strainer.
Leaving Chilled Water Piping
•
•
•
Air vents (to bleed air from system).
Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves.
Vibration eliminators.
•
•
•
•
Shutoff (isolation) valves.
Thermometers.
Clean-out tees.
Balancing valve.
48
Evaporator Drain
A 1/2” drain connection is located under outlet end of
evaporator waterbox for drainage during unit servicing. A
shutoff valve must be installed on drain line.
Evaporator Flow Switch
The flow switch is factory-installed and programmed
based on the operating conditions submitted with the
order.The leaving evaporator temperature, fluid type and
fluid concentration affect the selected flow switch. If the
operating conditions on the job site change, the flow
switch may need to be replaced.
The sensor head includes 3 LEDs, two yellow and one
green.Wait 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
before evaluating LEDs for flow status. When wired
correctly and flow is established, only the green LED
should be lit. Following are the LED indicators:
•
Green ON, both yellow OFF — Flow
•
Green and outside yellow ON — No Flow
•
Center yellow ON continuously — Miswire
Factory installed jumper wire W3 must be removed if
using auxiliary contacts and/or additional proof of flow.
See schematics in RTAC-SVE01*-EN for more details.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
Incorrect wiring of auxiliary contacts could result in
equipment damage.
Note: Use caution when connecting auxiliary contacts.
Terminals 1TB6-3 and 1TB6-5 are to be used for
field connections. Inadvertent use of 1TB6-5 and
1TB6-4 will result in a FALSE FLOW indication.
If using auxiliary flow sensing, both yellow LEDs come on
initially when flow is stopped. Center yellow LED will turn
off after approximately 7 seconds. LED indicators are
otherwise same as indicated above.
NOTICE:
Proper Water Treatment!
The use of untreated or improperly treated water in this
equipment could result in scaling, erosion, corrosion,
algae or slime. It is recommended that the services of a
qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to
determine what water treatment, if any, is required.
Trane assumes no responsibility for equipment failures
which result from untreated or improperly treated
water, or saline or brackish water.
Important:
If using an acidic commercial flushing
solution, construct a temporary bypass
around the unit to prevent damage to
internal components of the evaporator.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Dirt, scale, products of corrosion and other foreign
material will adversely affect heat transfer between the
water and system components. Foreign matter in chilled
water system can also increase pressure drop and reduce
water flow. Proper water treatment must be determined
locally, depending on system and local water
characteristics.
Neither salt nor brackish water is recommended. Use of
either will lead to a shortened life to an indeterminable
degree.TheTrane Company encourages the service of a
reputable water treatment specialist, familiar with local
water conditions, to assist in this determination and in
establishment of a proper water treatment program.
Using untreated or improperly treated water in these units
may result in inefficient operation and possible tube
damage. Consult a qualified water treatment specialist to
determine whether treatment is needed.
Indexing Flow Switch
To properly index flow switch, the following requirements
must be met:
•
Dot must be at a position no greater than 90° off Index.
•
Torque must be between 22 ft-lb min and 74 ft-lb max.
•
A minimum distance of 5x pipe diameter must be
maintained between flow switch and any bends,
valves, changes in cross sections, etc.
Figure 22. Proper flow switch indexing
Top View
Flow
Index
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
The flow switch
must have the dot
in the shaded area
to the left of this line
for proper indexing
(±90° off Index)
49
Installation - Mechanical
Figure 23. Evaporator water pressure drop— 2-pass evaporator —120-250 ton
100.00
50.00
140S, 120H(50Hz)
Pressure Drop ( H2O)
Pressure Drop (ft H2O)
155S, 130H(50Hz)
170S, 140H
185S, 155H
200S, 170H
10.00
225S, 185H
250S(60Hz), 200H,
225H, 250H(60Hz)
5.00
1.00
100
200
300
400
500
700
1000
Flow Rate (GPM)
Fl
R t (GPM)
Figure 24. Evaporator water pressure drop — 2-pass evaporator — 250-500 ton
100.00
50.00
250S(50Hz)
Pressure Drop ( H2O)
Pressure Drop (ft H2O)
275S
300S, 250H(50Hz)
350S(60Hz), 275H, 300H
350S(50Hz)
10.00
400S, 350H
375S(50Hz)
450S(60Hz), 375H(50Hz)
5.00
500S(60Hz), 400H
1.00
100
200
300
400
500
700
1000
Flow Rate
(GPM)
Flow
Rate (GPM)
50
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Figure 25. Evaporator water pressure drop — 3-pass evaporator — 140-250T
100.00
50.00
140S, 120H(50Hz)
Pressure Drop (ft H2O)
155S, 130H(50Hz)
170S, 140H
10.00
185S, 155H
200S, 170H
5.00
225S, 185H
250S(60Hz), 200H,
225H, 250H(60Hz)
1.00
200
100
300
400
500
600
700
Flow Rate (GPM)
Figure 26. Evaporator water pressure drop — 3-pass evaporator — 250-500T
80.00
60.00
40.00
250S(50Hz)
20.00
275S
Pressure Drop (ft H2O)
300S, 250H(50Hz)
350S(60Hz), 275H, 300H
10.00
350S(50Hz)
400S, 350H
375S(50Hz)
5.00
450S(60Hz), 375H(50Hz)
500S(60Hz), 400H
1.00
100
200
300
400
500
600
800
1000
1200
Flow Rate (GPM)
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
51
Installation - Mechanical
Water Pressure Gauges
Figure 27. Suggested piping for typical RTAC evaporator
Flow Switch
(Factory Installed)
Install field-supplied pressure components as shown in
Figure 27, p. 52. Locate pressure gauges or taps in a
straight run of pipe; avoid placement near elbows, etc. Be
sure to install the gauges at the same elevation on each
shell if the shells have opposite-end water connections.
Note: Once the unit is installed at a site, one vertical or
one diagonal unit support can be permanently
removed if it creates an obstruction for water
piping.
To read manifolded pressure gauges, open one valve and
close the other (depending upon the reading desired).This
eliminates errors resulting from differently calibrated
gauges installed at unmatched elevations.
Water Pressure Relief Valves
NOTICE:
Evaporator Damage!
To prevent shell damage, install pressure relief valves in
the evaporator water system.
Install a water pressure relief valve in the evaporator inlet
piping between the evaporator and the inlet shutoff valve,
as shown in Figure 27, p. 52. Water vessels with closecoupled shutoff valves have a high potential for
hydrostatic pressure buildup on a water temperature
increase. Refer to applicable codes for relief valve
installation guidelines.
52
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Freeze Avoidance
One or more of the ambient freeze avoidance methods in
Table 41 must be used to protect the RTAC chiller from
ambient freeze damage.
Table 41.
Note: A secondary set of pump interlock is strongly
recommended, but not required.
RTAC freeze avoidance methods
Method
Protects to
ambient
temperature
Notes
• Heaters alone will provide low ambient protection down to -20°F (-29°C), but will NOT
protect the evaporator from freezing as a result of charge migration. Therefore, it is
required that water pump control be used in conjunction with heaters.
• Heaters are factory-installed on the evaporator and water piping and will protect them from freezing
• Install heat tape on all water piping, pumps, and other components that may be damaged if exposed
to freezing temperatures. Heat tape must be designed for low ambient temperature applications. Heat
tape selection should be based on the lowest expected ambient temperature.
• CH530 controller can start the pump when freezing conditions are detected. For this option the pump
must to be controlled by the RTAC unit and this function must be validated.
• Water circuit valves need to stay open at all times.
• Water pump control and heater combination will protect the evaporator down to any
ambient temperature provided power is available to the pump and the CH530 controller.
This option will NOT protect the evaporator in the event of a power failure to the chiller
unless backup power is supplied to the necessary components.
• When no chiller operation is possible and the pump is already off, CH530 pump control for freeze
protection will command the pump to turn:
ON if liquid level > -0.83” AND evap sat temp < LWTC for 30°F-sec (17°C-sec)
OFF again if evaporator saturated temperature > LWTC OR liquid level < -0.83” for 30 minutes.
ON if entering OR leaving water temperature< LWTC for 30°F-sec (17°C-sec)
OFF again if water temperature > LWTC for 30 min
(where LWTC is leaving water temperature cutout)
Water Pump Control
AND Heaters
Down to -20°F
Freeze Inhibitor
• Freeze protection can be accomplished by adding sufficient glycol to protect against freezing below
Varies.
the lowest ambient expected.
See “Low
Evaporator
• Use of glycol type antifreeze reduces the cooling capacity of the unit and must be
Refrigerant Cutout,
considered in the design of the system specifications.
Glycol
Recommendations,”
p. 54
Drain Water Circuit
Below -20°F
• Shut off the power supply to the unit and to all heaters.
• Purge the water circuit.
• Blow out the evaporator to ensure no liquid is left in the evaporator.
NOTICE:
Evaporator Damage!
If insufficient concentration or no glycol is used, the
evaporator water flow must be controlled by the CH530
AND heaters must be used to avoid catastrophic
damage to the evaporator due to freezing. It is the
responsibility of the installing contractor and/or the
customer to ensure that a pump will start when called
upon by the chiller controls.
Even with water pump control, a power loss of as little
as 15 minutes under freezing conditions can damage
the evaporator. Only the proper addition of freeze
inhibitor or complete drainage of the water circuit can
ensure no evaporator damage in the event of a power
failure. See Table 42, p. 54 for correct concentration of
glycol.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
53
Installation - Mechanical
2. LRTC is 4 deg F below freeze point.
Procedure
1. Is operating condition contained within Table 42,
p. 54? If no, see “Specials,” p. 54.
2. For leaving fluid temperatures greater than 40 deg F,
use settings for 40 deg F.
3. Select operating conditions from Table 42.
4. Read off recommended % glycol.
5. Go to Table 43, p. 55 using the % glycol determined
above.
Important: Additional glycol beyond the
recommendations will adversely effect unit
performance. Unit efficiency and saturated
evaporator temperature will be reduced.
For some operating conditions this effect
can be significant.
6. If additional glycol is used, then use the actual % glycol
to establish the low refrigerant cutout setpoint.
7. The minimum low refrigerant cutout setpoint allowed
is -5 deg F.The minimum is established by the
solubility limits of the oil in the refrigerant.
Specials
Any of the following conditions are considered special
applications that must be calculated by engineering:
1. Freeze inhibitor other than ethylene glycol, propylene
glycol, calcium chloride or methanol.
2. Fluid deltaT outside the range 4 to 16 deg F.
3. Unit configuration other than Standard, Standard with
extra pass, and Premium.
4. % Glycol greater than maximum in column in Table 43.
Glycol recommendations
Ethylene Glycol
DT
Leaving Water Temperature °F (°C)
1. Solution freeze point is 4 deg F below operating point
saturation temperature.
Table 42.
°F
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
°C
15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
38 (3)
--
5
5
5
5
6
--
34 (1)
--
11
11
11
12
--
--
30 (-1)
--
15
16
17
18
--
--
28 (-2)
--
18
18
19
--
--
--
26 (-3)
--
20
21
22
--
--
--
24 (-4)
--
22
23
26
--
--
--
22 (-6)
--
24
26
--
--
--
--
20 (-7)
--
26
30
--
--
--
--
18 (-8)
--
29
--
--
--
--
--
16 (-9)
--
31
--
--
--
--
--
14 (-10)
30
--
--
--
--
--
--
12 (-11)
32
--
--
--
--
--
--
10.4 (-12)
34
--
--
--
--
--
--
Propylene Glycol
DT
Leaving Water Temperature °F (°C)
Low Evaporator Refrigerant
Cutout, Glycol Recommendations
°F
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
°C
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
38 (3)
--
6
6
7
7
8
--
34 (1)
--
13
13
15
17
--
--
30 (-1)
--
19
21
--
--
--
--
28 (-2)
--
22
--
--
--
--
--
26 (-3)
--
25
--
--
--
--
--
24 (-4)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
22 (-6)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20 (-7)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
18 (-8)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
16 (-9)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
14 (-10)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
12 (-11)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
10.4 (-12)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Notes:
1. These tables represent the MINIMUM RECOMMENDED glycol
percentages for each operating condition
2. Operation is not recommended at certain operating conditions as
some chillers may not satisfy maximum or minimum velocity
requirements or minimum performance requirements. Contact Trane
Sales Representative for more information regarding the operating
limits of a particular chiller.
Special should all be calculated by engineering.The
purpose of calculating is to make sure that design
saturation temperature is greater than 3 deg F.
Additionally, the calculation must verify that the fluid
freeze point is a minimum of 4 deg. F lower that the design
saturation temperature.The low evaporator temperature
cutout will be 4 deg F below the freeze point or -5 deg F,
whichever is greater.
Important: When using glycol,Techview Setpoint View
setting for “Freeze Inhibitor Present” must
be set to “Yes” to prevent nuisance high
approach diagnostic.
54
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical
Table 43.
% Glycol
Recommended low evaporator refrigerant
cutout and percent glycol
Low Refrig. Temp
Cutout
°F
Solution Freeze Point
°C
°F
°C
Ethylene
0
28.0
-2.2
32
0
5
25.0
-3.9
29
-1.7
10
21.5
-5.8
25.5
-3.6
15
17.5
-8.1
21.5
-5.8
20
12.8
-10.7
16.8
-8.4
25
7.4
-13.7
11.4
-11.4
30
1.1
-17.2
5.1
-15.0
35
-5.0
-20.6
-2.3
-19.1
40
-5.0
-20.6
-10.8
-23.8
45
-5.0
-20.6
-20.7
-29.3
50
-5.0
-20.6
-32.1
-35.6
54
-5.0
-20.6
-42.3
-41.3
Propylene Glycol
0
28.0
-2.2
32.0
0
5
25.3
-3.7
29.3
-1.5
10
22.4
-5.3
26.4
-3.1
15
19.1
-7.2
23.1
-4.9
20
15.3
-9.3
19.3
-7.1
25
10.8
-11.8
14.8
-9.6
30
5.3
-14.8
9.3
-12.6
35
-1.3
-19.5
2.7
-16.3
40
-5.0
-20.6
-5.2
-20.7
45
-5.0
-20.6
-14.6
-25.9
50
-5.0
-20.6
-25.8
-32.1
54
-5.0
-20.6
-36.1
-37.8
Chilled Water Temperature Cutout should be set to 5°F below the
lowest allowable Chilled Water Set Point bases on the %Glycol.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
55
Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
The RTAC 140-250 ton outdoor unit with the Remote
Evaporator option is shipped as two pieces: the outdoor
unit (condensing) and the evaporator. Short suction line
connections are provided with the outdoor condensing
unit.The remote evaporator is shipped complete, with
factory-mounted electronic expansion valves, water
temperature sensors, suction pressure transducers, liquid
level control sensors, evaporator flow switch, all factory
wired to a ribbon cable. Solenoid valves and drain valves
are wired to a relay board in the terminal box.The
installing contractor is required to provide and install the
following:
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
If the circuits are crossed, serious equipment damage
could occur.
3. Piping between the evaporator and outdoor unit can
not exceed 200 actual feet and/or an equivalent length
of 300 feet.
Note: The latter includes the equivalent length of all
associated field installed fittings, valves,
accessories and straight lengths of interconnecting
piping.
•
2-wire, twisted shielded communication line between
the remote evaporator terminal box and the
Condensing Unit’s control panel
•
4-wire connection from evaporator terminal box to
condensing unit control panel for flow switch wiring
(see Figure 32, p. 64)
4. Horizontal portions of suction lines must be downward
sloping toward the compressor at least 1/2 inch for
each 10 feet run.This promotes the movement of oil in
the direction of gas flow.
•
115 VAC single phase power supply to the remote
evaporator terminal box
5. Suction lines must be insulated.
•
2 liquid lines
•
2 suction lines
6. The line sizes defined are to be used only for 40-60 F
leaving water temperature and/or full load ice-making
applications.
•
Suction accumulator as specified
7.
Note: A unit ordered as a remote evaporator must also be
ordered with either the wide or low ambient option.
The fan inverters are necessary for proper control.
System Configuration and
Interconnecting Refrigerant
Piping
The system may be configured in any of the four
arrangements shown in Figure 28, p. 57.The
configurations and their associated elevations, along with
the total distance between the remote evaporator and the
compressor/condenser section, play a critical role in
determining suction and liquid line sizes.This will also
affect field refrigerant and oil charges. Consequently, there
are physical limits which must not be violated if the system
is to operate as designed. Please note the following
requirements for field installation:
1. The remote evaporator MUST be matched with its
respective outdoor condensing unit.
2. The circuit number on the outdoor condensing unit
must match the circuit number on the evaporator, i.e.
circuit #1 on the outdoor condensing unit must be
connected with circuit # 1 on the remote evaporator
and likewise for circuit #2. RTAC Circuit Capacities are
shown in General DataTables.
56
Figure 28, p. 57, drawing 1 depicts an installation
where the remote evaporator elevation is the same as
that of the outdoor condensing unit.The suction and
liquid lines are horizontal or down flowing only.
The suction and liquid lines can be put under ground or
in a trench.The temperature of the suction lines must
never exceed the temperature of the compressor.The
line can be below the compressors a maximum of 15 ft.
8. Figure 28, p. 57, drawing 2 shows a variation to
drawing 1.The remote evaporator and outdoor
condensing unit are at the same elevation but
interconnecting piping may be installed up to 15 feet
above the base elevation. Refer to Table 46, p. 60 to
determine the required length of the suction
accumulator line. A full size suction accumulator is
required at the evaporator and 50% of the value is
required at the condensing unit.
9. A refrigerant drain valve is installed at the bottom of
the evaporator for freeze protection.This drain valve is
a normally open, pilot operated valve which remains
closed unless there is a potential freezing situation
detected via low evap temperatures or low water
temperatures or a power failure. If the drain valve is
opened the installed suction accumulator must be
capable of holding the entire evaporator charge. Refer
to Table 46, p. 60 for sizing.
10. For installations where the remote evaporator is at a
lower elevation than the outdoor condensing unit as
shown in Figure 28, p. 57, drawing 3, the elevation
difference is not to exceed 100 feet. An inverted liquid
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
line trap at the condensing unit is required to prevent
unwanted free cooling.The apex of the liquid line trap
should be at a height above the condenser coils. A
suction accumulator must be installed at the
evaporator. Refer to Table 46, p. 60 for sizing.
and operation of the chiller, that the elevation
requirements given in Table 44, p. 59 are not
exceeded. It should also be noted that in this
configuration the suction accumulator is installed at
the condensing section.
11. When the elevation of the remote evaporator exceeds
that of the outdoor condensing unit as shown in
Figure 28, p. 57, drawing 4, the elevation difference is
determined by Table 44, p. 59.The suction
accumulator line must be installed according to
Table 46, p. 60. It is very important, for proper control
Note: The height is limited by the available subcooling.
12. Compressor & oil separator heaters must be on at least
24 hours prior to compressor start.
Figure 28. Remote evaporator installations
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
57
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
Figure 29. Circuit identification
58
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
Table 44. Liquid line sizing(a) - 140-250T remote evaporator
Leaving water
40-50°F
Height (ft)
0
1-5
6-10
Leaving water
50-60°F
11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30 31-35
Height (ft)
0
1-5
6-10
11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30
70-ton circuit
25
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
n/a
25
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
2.125
50
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
n/a
50
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
2.125
75
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
n/a
75
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
n/a
100 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
n/a
100 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
2.125
n/a
125 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
n/a
125 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
n/a
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
n/a
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
n/a
225 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
250 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
275 1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
300 1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
Total
150 1.375
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.375
200 1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
Total
150 1.375
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.375
200 1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
225 1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
250 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
1.625
n/a
n/a
n/a
275 1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
1.625
n/a
n/a
n/a
300 1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
85-ton circuit
25
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
2.125
n/a
25
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
2.125
n/a
n/a
50
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
n/a
n/a
50
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
75
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
n/a
n/a
75
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
n/a
n/a
n/a
100 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
n/a
n/a
100 1.375
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
125 1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
125 1.375
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
Total
150 1.375
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.375
200 1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
n/a
n/a
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
Total
150 1.625
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.625
200 1.625
225 1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
225 1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
250 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
250 1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
275 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
275 1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
300 1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
300 2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.625
100-ton circuit
25
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
25
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
50
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
50
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
75
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
75
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
100 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
100 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
125 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
125 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
Total
150 1.625
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.625
200 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
225 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
225 1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
250 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
250 1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
275 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
275 1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
300 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
300 1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
1.625
Total
150 1.625
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.625
200 1.625
120-ton circuit
25
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
25
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
50
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
50
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
75
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.625
75
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
100 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.625
100 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
125 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.625
125 1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
225 1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
n/a
225 1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
250 1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
n/a
250 1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
275 1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
n/a
275 1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
300 1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
n/a
300 1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
Total
150 1.625
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.625
200 1.625
Total
150 1.625
Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.625
200 1.625
(a) Typical type L copper O.D.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
59
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
Line Sizing
3. See Table 44, p. 59 to determine outside diameter
corresponding to equivalent length computed in step
2 for height and leaving water temperature of interest.
To determine the appropriate outside diameter for field
installed liquid and suction lines, it is first necessary to
establish the equivalent length of pipe for each line. It is
also necessary to know the capacity (tons) of each circuit.
Circuit capacities for each RTAC unit are listed in Table 1,
p. 10 through Table 10, p. 19.
Note: If condenser is at same elevation or above evap,
use 0 ft. column.
4. With the outside diameter found in step # 3, use
Table 45, p. 60 to determine the equivalent lengths of
each fitting in the field installed piping.
Table 45. Equivalent lengths of non-ferrous valves and
fittings (feet)
5. Add equivalent lengths of all field installed elbows and
valves.
Line Size
Globe
Inches OD Valve
Short Angle
Valve
Long
Short Radius Radius
ELL
ELL
6. Add the length found in step # 5 to the actual length
from step # 1.This is your new equivalent line length.
1-1/8
87
29
2.7
1.9
7.
1-3/8
102
33
3.2
2.2
1-5/8
115
34
3.8
2.6
2-1/8
141
39
5.2
3.4
2-5/8
159
44
6.5
4.2
3-1/8
185
53
8
5.1
3-5/8
216
66
10
6.3
4-1/8
248
76
12
7.3
Using Table 44, p. 59 again, find the outside diameter
that corresponds to the new equivalent line length
from step # 6. If it is the same as step #3, this is the final
equivalent length. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
8. Using Table 45, p. 60 and the new outside diameter
found in step # 7, find the equivalent line length of each
valve and fitting, and sum them.
9. Add the length found in step # 8 to the actual length
from step # 1.This is the new equivalent line length.
10. With the equivalent line length found in step # 9, use
Table 44, p. 59 to select the proper outside diameter for
the liquid lines. If the same as in step #7, this is your
final equivalent line length. Otherwise, repeat step #7.
Liquid Line Sizing Steps
The steps to compute liquid line size are as follows:
1. Compute the actual length of field installed piping.
Note: Location and quantity of suction accumulator is
dependent upon the unit configuration.
2. Multiply the length from step # 1 by 1.5 to estimate the
equivalent length.
Table 46. Required length of field installed suction line accumulator (ft)
Actual Feet
of field
installed
liquid line
70 Ton Circuit(a)
85 Ton Circuit
100 Ton Circuit
120 Ton Circuit
O.D. of Field Installed Liquid Line
1 3/8”
1 5/8”
2 1/8”
1 3/8”
1 5/8”
2 1/8”
1 5/8”
2 1/8”
2 5/8”
1 5/8”
2 1/8”
2 5/8”
Length of 3 5/8” Suction Length of 3 5/8” Suction Length of 4 1/8” Suction Length of 4 1/8” Suction
Accumulator
Accumulator
Accumulator
Accumulator
10
43
44
45
52
52
53
43
44
46
52
53
54
20
45
46
49
53
54
57
45
47
50
53
55
58
30
46
48
52
54
56
60
46
49
53
55
58
62
40
48
50
55
56
58
63
48
52
57
56
60
66
50
49
52
59
57
60
67
49
55
61
58
63
70
60
51
54
62
59
62
70
51
57
65
59
66
74
70
52
56
65
60
64
73
53
60
69
61
68
78
80
53
58
69
62
66
77
54
62
73
62
71
81
90
55
60
72
63
68
80
56
65
77
64
73
85
100
56
62
75
64
70
83
57
68
81
66
76
89
110
58
64
79
66
72
87
59
70
85
67
79
93
120
59
66
82
67
74
90
60
73
89
69
81
97
130
61
68
85
69
76
93
62
75
93
70
84
101
140
62
70
89
70
78
97
63
78
97
72
86
105
150
64
72
92
72
80
100
65
81
101
73
89
109
160
65
74
95
73
82
103
67
83
105
75
92
113
170
66
76
99
75
84
107
68
86
108
76
94
117
180
68
78
102
76
86
110
70
88
112
78
97
121
190
69
79
105
77
88
113
71
91
116
80
99
125
200
71
81
109
79
90
117
73
94
120
81
102
129
(a) Circuit 2 of 155 ton premium unit requires ad additional 10 feet of suction accumulator length.
60
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
Example Liquid Line Sizing
Figure 30. Liquid line sizing example
The steps to compute suction line size are as follows:
For this example, refer to Table 44, p. 59, Table 45, p. 60
and Figure 30, p. 61. Assume a 70 ton circuit and a leaving
water temperature of 49 degrees F.
1. From Figure 30, p. 61, the actual length of field
installed piping is:
80 + 8 + 8 + 21 = 117 feet
2. Estimate equivalent line length:
117 feet x 1.5 = 175 feet
3. From Table 44, p. 59 for a 70 ton circuit, for 175
equivalent feet the OD is 1.375 inches.
Note: Use the 0 ft. column since the condenser is above
the evap
4. In Figure 30, p. 61, there are six long-radius elbows.
From Table 45, p. 60, for 1.375 inch elbows, the
equivalent feet is:
6 elbows x 2.2 feet = 13.2 feet
5. Adding equivalent feet from step #4 to step #1 gives:
13.2 feet + 117 feet = 130.2 feet
6. From Table 44, p. 59, for a 70 ton circuit, for 125
equivalent feet (nearest to 130.2), the O.D. is 1- 3/8
inches.
1. Break the suction line into it's Vertical/Upflow and
Horizontal/Downflow components.
2. From Table 47, p. 61, select the appropriate Vertical/
Upflow suction line outside diameter according to the
circuit tonnage.This is the diameter of the upflow
suction line and any fittings in the upflow line.
3. From Table 47, select the appropriate Horizontal/
Downflow suction line outside diameter according to
the circuit tonnage.This is the diameter of the upflow
suction line and any fittings in the upflow line.
Note: The diameters of the upflow, and horizontal or
downflow portions of the suction line may differ
depending on the application.
Example Suction Line Sizing
For this example, refer to Table 47 and Figure 30, p. 61
assume a 70 ton circuit and a leaving water temperature of
49 degrees F.
1. From Table 47 the vertical/upflow suction line is: 3 5/8”
O.D.
2. From Table 47, the horizontal/downflow line is: 3 5/8”
O.D.
Liquid Line size = 1-3/8 inches
Note: In this example, the horizontal line is pitched
downward in the direction of flow.
Suction Line Sizing Steps
Suction Accumulator Sizing
Table 47. Suction line sizes
Use Table 46, p. 60 to calculate length and size of the
required suction accumulator(s).
Vertical/Upflow and Horizontal/Downflow Suction Lines
O.D. (Type L Copper)
LWT (F)
70 ton
circuit
85ton
circuit
100 ton
circuit
120 ton
circuit
40 - 60
3 5/8”
3 5/8”
4 1/8”
4 1/8”
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Example of Suction Accumulator Line Sizing
Use Figure 30, p. 61 and the same assumptions from the
liquid line sizing example to calculate the suction
accumulator line size and length.
In this case the accumulator is installed at the evaporator.
61
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
1. Use the 70 ton circuit column.
2. From the liquid line sizing example, use a field installed
liquid line of:
1.375 (1 3/8”) inches
3. The actual feet of liquid line installed is: 117 feet
4. The size of the suction accumulator is: 3 5/8 inches
5. The length of the suction line accumulator is: 59 feet
Piping Installation Procedures
WARNING
Hazard of Explosion and Deadly Gases!
Never solder, braze or weld on refrigerant lines or any
unit components that are above atmospheric pressure
or where refrigerant may be present. Always remove
refrigerant by following the guidelines established by
the EPA Federal Clean Air Act or other state or local
codes as appropriate. After refrigerant removal, use dry
nitrogen to bring system back to atmospheric pressure
before opening system for repairs. Mixtures of
refrigerants and air under pressure may become
combustible in the presence of an ignition source
leading to an explosion. Excessive heat from soldering,
brazing or welding with refrigerant vapors present can
form highly toxic gases and extremely corrosive acids.
Failure to follow all proper safe refrigerant handling
practices could result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
Do not use a saw to remove end caps, as this may
allow copper chips to contaminate the system. Use a
tubing cutter or heat to remove the end caps.
The outdoor unit and the evaporator are shipped with a 25
psig holding pressure of dry nitrogen. Do not relieve this
pressure until field installation of the refrigerant piping is
to be accomplished.This will require the removal of the
temporary pipe caps.
Note: UseType L refrigerant-grade copper tubing only.
The refrigerant lines must be isolated to prevent line
vibration from being transferred to the building. Do not
secure the lines rigidly to the building at any point.
All horizontal suction lines should be pitched downward,
in the direction of flow, at a slope of 1/2 inch per 10 feet of
run.
Important:
Field installed liquid line service valves are
recommended for installation. Liquid line
service valves are not provided by the
factory.
Note: Although packaged unit condensers and
evaporators are sized to hold complete refrigerant
charge, units with a remote evaporator may not
have the same capability, due to additional piping
requirements.
62
Refrigerant Sensors
All necessary refrigerant devices, transducers and
solenoids are factory installed and wired to the evaporator
terminal box.
Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve
Venting
WARNING
Confined Space Hazards!
Do not work in confined spaces where refrigerant or
other hazardous, toxic or flammable gas may be
leaking. Refrigerant or other gases could displace
available oxygen to breathe, causing possible
asphyxiation or other serious health risks. Some gases
may be flammable and or explosive. If a leak in such
spaces is detected, evacuate the area immediately and
contact the proper rescue or response authority. Failure
to take appropriate precautions or to react properly to
such potential hazards could result in death or serious
injury.
Vent pipe size must conform to the ANSI/ASHRAE
Standard 15 for vent pipe sizing. All federal, state, and
local codes take precedence over any suggestions stated
in this manual.
All relief valve venting is the responsibility of the installing
contractor.
All RTAC remote evaporator units use evaporator pressure
relief valves (see Figure 31, p. 63) that must be vented to
the outside of the building.
Relief valve connection sizes and locations are shown in
the unit submittals. Refer to local codes for relief valve vent
line sizing information.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
Do not exceed vent piping code specifications. Failure
to comply with specifications could result in capacity
reduction, unit damage and/or relief valve damage.
Relief valve discharge setpoints and capacities rates are
given in Table 48, p. 63. Once the relief valve has opened,
it will re-close when pressure is reduced to a safe level.
Once opened, relief valves may have a tendency to leak
and must be replaced.
Pressure relief valve discharge capacities will vary with
shell diameter and length and also compressor
displacement. Discharge venting capacity should be
calculated as required by ASHRAE Standard 15-94. Do not
adjust relief valve setting in the field.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
Table 48. Pressure Relief Valve Data
Unit Sizes
Valve
Discharge
Rated Capacity per Field Connection Pipe Factory Shell Side
Location Setpoint (psi) Qty Valve (lba/min.)
Size (NPT)
Connection (in)
120H - 250S 60Hz/200H/170XE
Evap
200
2
17.3
5/8 MFL
7/8 - 14 UNF-2A
250S 50Hz/225H/185XE - 500S
Evap
200
2
28.9
3/4 NPTFI
7/8 - 14 UNF-2A
All
Oil Sep
350
2
6.3
3/8 MFL
1/4-18 NPTFE
Leak Test and Evacuation
After installation of refrigerant piping, thoroughly test the
system for leaks. Pressure test system at pressures
required by local codes.
WARNING
Hazard of Explosion!
Use only dry nitrogen with a pressure regulator for
pressurizing unit. Do not use acetylene, oxygen or
compressed air or mixtures containing them for
pressure testing. Do not use mixtures of a hydrogen
containing refrigerant and air above atmospheric
pressure for pressure testing as they may become
flammable and could result in an explosion.
Refrigerant, when used as a trace gas should only be
mixed with dry nitrogen for pressurizing units. Failure
to follow these recommendations could result in death
or serious injury or equipment or property-only
damage.
Figure 31.
For field evacuation, use a rotary-type vacuum pump
capable of pulling a vacuum of 500 microns or less. Follow
the pump manufacturer's instructions for proper use of
the pump.The line used to connect the pump to the
system should be copper and be the largest diameter that
can be practically used. A larger line size with minimum
flow resistance can significantly reduce evacuation time.
Use the ports on the suction service valves and the liquid
line shutoff valves for access to the system for evacuation.
Ensure that the suction service valve, the liquid line shutoff
valve, the oil line shutoff valve and any field installed
valves are open in the proper position before evacuating.
Insulate entire suction line and suction accumulator line.
Where line is exposed, wrap with weatherproof tape and
seal with weatherproof compound.
Remote evaporator
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
63
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
Figure 32. Field wiring between remote evaporator and condensing unit
Refrigerant and Additional Oil Charge
Refrigerant Charge Determination
without the field-installed piping.
The approximate amount of refrigerant charge required by
the system must be determined by referring to Table 49
and must be verified by running the system and checking
subcooling.
2. Next, determine the charge required for the
field-installed piping by referring to Table 49, p. 64.
Table 49. Field installed piping charge
Note: The amounts of refrigerant listed in Table 49, p. 64
are per 100 feet of pipe. Requirements will be in
direct proportion to the actual length of piping.
Pipe O.D. (in)
Suction Line
lbs of R134a per
100ft
Liquid Line
lbs of R134a per
100ft
1-3/8
N/A
62.4
1-5/8
N/A
88.3
2-1/8
N/A
153.6
2-5/8
N/A
236.9
3-1/8
5.0
N/A
3-5/8
6.8
N/A
4-1/8
8.8
N/A
1. To determine the appropriate charge, first refer to the
Table 1, p. 10 through Table 10, p. 19 in section
“General Data,” p. 9 to establish the required charge
64
3. Sum the values of step 1 and step 2 to determine the
circuit charge.
Oil Charge Determination
The unit is factory charged with the amount of oil required
by the system, without the field-installed piping.The
amount of the additional oil required is dependent upon
the amount of refrigerant that is added to the system for
the field installed piping.
Use the following formula to calculate the amount of oil to
be added:
Pints of Oil = [lbs of R-134a added for field-installed
piping]/100
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Electrical
General Recommendations
As you review this manual, keep in mind that:
• All field-installed wiring must conform to National
Electric Code (NEC) guidelines, and any applicable
state and local codes. Be sure to satisfy proper
equipment grounding requirements per NEC.
• Compressor motor and unit electrical data (including
minimum circuit ampacities, motor kW, voltage
utilization range, rated load amps) is listed on the
chiller nameplate.
• All field-installed wiring must be checked for proper
terminations, and for possible shorts or grounds.
Note: Always refer to wiring diagrams shipped with
chiller or unit submittal for specific electrical
schematic and connection information.
WARNING
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements
for field wiring installation and grounding as described
in NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to
follow code could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Hazardous Voltage!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote
disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/
tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be
inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power
before servicing could result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE:
Use Copper Conductors Only!
Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types
of conductors. Failure to use copper conductors could
result in equipment damage.
Important: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run
low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with
conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
65
Installation - Electrical
Installer-Supplied Components
Customer wiring interface connections are shown in the
electrical schematics and connection diagrams that are
shipped with the unit.The installer must provide the
following components if not ordered with the unit:
•
Power supply wiring (in conduit) for all field-wired
connections.
•
All control (interconnecting) wiring (in conduit) for
field supplied devices.
•
Fused-disconnect switches or circuit breakers.
•
Power factor correction capacitors. (optional)
Power Supply Wiring
All power supply wiring must be sized and selected
accordingly by the project engineer in accordance with
NECTable 310-16.
WARNING
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for
field wiring installation and grounding as described in
NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to
follow code could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote
disconnects and discharge all motor start/run
capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/
tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be
inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or
other energy storing components provided by Trane or
others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer’s literature
for allowable waiting periods for discharge of
capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
capacitors have discharged. Failure to disconnect power
and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in
death or serious injury.
The type and installation location(s) of the fused
disconnects must comply with all applicable codes.
NOTICE:
Use Copper Conductors Only!
Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types
of conductors. Failure to use copper conductors could
result in equipment damage.
Cut holes into the sides of the control panel for the
appropriately-sized power wiring conduits.The wiring is
passed through these conduits and connected to the
terminal blocks, optional unit-mounted disconnects, or
HACR type breakers. Refer to Figure 33, p. 67.
To provide proper phasing of 3-phase input, make
connections as shown in field wiring diagrams and as
stated on the WARNING label in the starter panel. For
additional information on proper phasing, refer to “Unit
Voltage Phasing.” Proper equipment ground must be
provided to each ground connection in the panel (one for
each customer-supplied conductor per phase).
All 115 volt field-provided connections (either control or
power) are made through knockouts on the lower left side
of the panel, as shown on Figure 33. Additional grounds
may be required for each 115 volt power supply to the unit.
Green lugs are provided for 115V customer wiring.
Single Point Power on Dual Panel Units
(Optional)
Units which require two control panels and with single
point power option selected, are built with a power
connection junction box located in the center of the unit as
shown in Figure 34, p. 67. Customer will connect to
terminal blocks inside this panel.
For additional information regarding the safe discharge
of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN
All wiring must comply with local codes and the National
Electrical Code.The installing (or electrical) contractor
must provide and install the system interconnecting
wiring, as well as the power supply wiring. It must be
properly sized and equipped with the appropriate fused
disconnect switches.
66
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Electrical
Figure 33. Control panel
Incoming
Customer
Power
Location
Knockouts
for 30V
Cut holes
for power
wiring in
THIS AREA
See side view.
115V
Field
Wiring
Side View - Right
Figure 34. Single point power box - optional on dual panel units
Incoming
Customer
Power
Cut holes
Location
for power
wiring in
THIS AREA
See side view.
Single Point Power Box - Installed
Control Power Supply
The unit is equipped with a control power transformer; it
is not necessary to provide additional control power
voltage to the unit.
All units are factory-connected for appropriate labeled
voltages except for the 400V/50Hz units which need the
control power transformer (1T1) reconnected as noted
below.
Important: As shipped, a normal 400 volt unit control
power transformer is wired on the 400 volt
tap (H3). Reconnect the appropriate
transformer wire lead 126A to the tap (H2)
for 380V/50Hz power supply or lead 126A to
the tap H4 for the 415V/50 Hz power supply.
It is also necessary to adjust the “unit
voltage” setting usingTechView
(Configuration-CustomTab).
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Side View - Right
Heater Power Supply and Convenience
Outlet (Packaged Units Only)
The evaporator shell is insulated from ambient air and
protected from freezing temperatures by two
thermostatically-controlled immersion heaters and two
strip heaters. Whenever the water temperature drops to
approximately 37°F (2.8°C), the thermostat energizes the
heaters.The heaters will provide protection from ambient
temperatures down to -20°F (-29°C).
It is required to provide an independent power source
(115V 60Hz-20 amp, 220V 50Hz-15 amp), with a fuseddisconnect.The heaters are factory-wired back to the unit
control panel.
67
Installation - Electrical
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
Control panel main processor does not check for loss of
power to the heat tape nor does it verify thermostat
operation. A qualified technician must verify power to
the heat tape and confirm operation of the heat tape
thermostat to avoid catastrophic damage to the
evaporator.
A convenience outlet is also optional, which shares the
same power supply as the heaters on 140-250 ton units. Be
aware that when the heater is operating, the convenience
outlet amperage draw will be reduced accordingly.
Note: The convenience outlet is optional.The heaters are
required.
Interconnecting Wiring
Chilled Water Pump Control
An evaporator water pump output relay closes when the
chiller is given a signal to go into the Auto mode of
operation from any source.The contact is opened to turn
off the pump in the event of most machine level
diagnostics to prevent the build up of pump heat.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
If insufficient concentration or no glycol is used, the
evaporator water pumps must be controlled by the
CH530 to avoid severe damage to the evaporator due to
freezing. A power loss of 15 minutes during freezing
can damage the evaporator. It is the responsibility of
the installing contractor and/or the customer to ensure
that a pump will start when called upon by the chiller
controls.
Please consult Table 42, p. 54 for correct concentration
of glycol.
The warranty will be void, in case of freezing due to the
lack of use of either of these protections.
The relay output from 1U10 is required to operate the
EvaporatorWater Pump (EWP) contactor. Contacts should
be compatible with 115/240 VAC control circuit.The EWP
relay operates in different modes depending on CH530 or
Tracer commands, if available, or service pumpdown (See
maintenance section). Normally, the EWP relay follows the
AUTO mode of the chiller. Whenever the chiller has no
diagnostics and is in the AUTO mode, regardless of where
the auto command is coming from, the normally open
relay is energized. When the chiller exits the AUTO mode,
the relay is timed open for an adjustable (usingTechView)
0 to 30 minutes.The non-AUTO modes in which the pump
is stopped, include Reset (88), Stop (00), External Stop
(100), Remote Display Stop (600), Stopped byTracer (300),
68
Low Ambient Run Inhibit (200), and Ice Building complete
(101).
Regardless of whether the chiller is allowed to control the
pump on a full-time basis, if the MP calls for a pump to start
and water does not flow, the evaporator may be damaged
catastrophically. It is the responsibility of the installing
contractor and/or the customer to ensure that a pump will
start when called upon by the chiller controls.
Table 50.
Pump Relay Operation
Chiller Mode
Relay Operation
Auto
Instant close
Ice Building
Instant close
Tracer Override
Close
Stop
Timed Open
Ice Complete
Instant Open
Diagnostics
Instant Open
Note: Exceptions are listed below.
When going from Stop to Auto, the EWP relay is energized
immediately. If evaporator water flow is not established in
20 minutes (for normal transition) or 4 minutes, 15
seconds (for pump commanded ON due to an override
safety), the CH530 de-energizes the EWP relay and
generates a non-latching diagnostic. If flow returns (e.g.
someone else is controlling the pump), the diagnostic is
cleared, the EWP is re-energized, and normal control
resumed.
If evaporator water flow is lost once it had been
established, the EWP relay remains energized and a nonlatching diagnostic is generated. If flow returns, the
diagnostic is cleared and the chiller returns to normal
operation.
In general, when there is either a non-latching or latching
diagnostic, the EWP relay is turned off as though there was
a zero time delay. Exceptions (see above table) whereby
the relay continues to be energized occur with:
A Low Chilled WaterTemp. diagnostic (non-latching)
(unless also accompanied by an Evap Leaving Water
Temperature Sensor Diagnostic)
or
A starter contactor interrupt failure diagnostic, in which a
compressor continues to draw current even after
commanded to have shutdown
or
A Loss of EvaporatorWater Flow diagnostic (non-latching)
and the unit is in the AUTO mode, after initially having
proven evaporator water flow.
Alarm and Status Relay Outputs
(Programmable Relays)
A programmable relay concept provides for enunciation of
certain events or states of the chiller, selected from a list of
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Electrical
likely needs, while only using four physical output relays,
as shown in the field wiring diagram.The four relays are
provided (generally with a Quad Relay Output LLID) as part
of the Alarm Relay Output Option.The relay’s contacts are
isolated Form C (SPDT), suitable for use with 120 VAC
circuits drawing up to 2.8 amps inductive, 7.2 amps
resistive, or 1/3 HP and for 240 VAC circuits drawing up to
0.5 amp resistive.
The list of events/states that can be assigned to the
programmable relays can be found in Table 51..The relay
will be energized when the event/state occurs.
Table 51.
Alarm and Status Relay Output Configuration
Table
Description
Alarm - Latching
This output is true whenever there is any
active diagnostic that requires a manual reset
to clear, that affects either the Chiller, the
Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit.
This classification does not include
informational diagnostics.
Alarm - Auto Reset
This output is true whenever there is any
active diagnostic that could automatically
clear, that affects either the Chiller, the
Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit.
This classification does not include
informational diagnostics.
Alarm
This output is true whenever there is any
diagnostic affecting any component, whether
latching or automatically clearing. This
classification does not include informational
diagnostics
Alarm Ckt 1
This output is true whenever there is any
diagnostic effecting Refrigerant Circuit 1,
whether latching or automatically clearing,
including diagnostics affecting the entire
chiller. This classification does not include
informational diagnostics.
Alarm Ckt 2
This output is true whenever there is any
diagnostic affecting Refrigerant Circuit 2
whether latching or automatically clearing,
including diagnostics effecting the entire
chiller. This classification does not include
informational diagnostics.
This output is true whenever the chiller has
been running in one of the Unloading types of
Chiller Limit Mode (with
limit modes (Condenser, Evaporator, Current
a 20 minute filter)
Limit or Phase Imbalance Limit) continuously
for the last 20 minutes.
Circuit 1 Running
This output is true whenever any compressors
are running (or commanded to be running) on
Refrigerant Circuit 1, and false when no
compressors are commanded to be running
on that circuit.
Circuit 2 Running
This output is true whenever any compressors
are running (or commanded to be running) on
Refrigerant Circuit 2, and false when no
compressors are commanded to be running
on that circuit.
Chiller Running
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
This output is true whenever any compressors
are running (or commanded to be running) on
the chiller and false when no compressors are
commanded to be running on the chiller.
Table 51.
Alarm and Status Relay Output Configuration
Table (continued)
Description
This output is true whenever the chiller has
reached maximum capacity or had reached its
maximum capacity and since that time has
Maximum Capacity
not fallen below 70% average current relative
(software 18.0 or later) to the rated ARI current for the chiller. The
output is false when the chiller falls below
70% average current and, since that time,
had not reestablished maximum capacity.
Relay Assignments Using
TechView
CH530 ServiceTool (TechView) is used to install the Alarm
and Status Relay Option package and assign any of the
above list of events or status to each of the four relays
provided with the option.The relays to be programmed
are referred to by the relay’s terminal numbers on the LLID
board 1U12.
The default assignments for the four available relays of the
RTAC Alarm and Status Package Option are:
Table 52.
Default assignments
Relay
Relay 1 Terminals J2 -12,11,10:
Alarm
Relay 2 Terminals J2 - 9,8,7:
Chiller Running
Relay 3 Terminals J2-6,5,4:
Maximum Capacity
Relay 4 Terminals J2-3,2,1:
Chiller Limit
If any of the Alarm/Status relays are used, provide
electrical power, 115 VAC with fused-disconnect to the
panel and wire through the appropriate relays (terminals
on 1U12 (EUR=A4-5)). Provide wiring (switched hot,
neutral, and ground connections) to the remote
annunciation devices. Do not use power from the chiller’s
control panel transformer to power these remote devices.
Refer to the field diagrams which are shipped with the unit.
Low Voltage Wiring
The remote devices described below require low voltage
wiring. All wiring to and from these remote input devices
to the Control Panel must be made with shielded, twisted
pair conductors. Be sure to ground the shielding only at
the panel.
Important: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run
low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with
conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
Emergency Stop
CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/
installed latching trip out. When this customer-furnished
remote contact 5K14 is provided, the chiller will run
normally when the contact is closed. When the contact
opens, the unit will trip on a manually resettable
69
Installation - Electrical
diagnostic.This condition requires manual reset at the
chiller switch on the front of the control panel.
Communicated input (Tracer) to initiate and command the
Ice Building mode.
Connect low voltage leads to terminal strip locations on
1U4. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped with the
unit.
CH530 also provides a “Front Panel IceTermination
Setpoint”, settable throughTechView, and adjustable from
20 to 31°F (-6.7 to -0.5°C) in at least 1°F (1°C) increments.
Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended.These
customer-furnished contacts must be compatible with 24
VDC, 12 mA resistive load.
Note: When in the Ice Building mode, and the evaporator
entering water temperature drops below the ice
termination setpoint, the chiller terminates the Ice
Building mode and changes to the Ice Building
Complete Mode.
External Auto/Stop
If the unit requires the external Auto/Stop function, the
installer must provide leads from the remote contacts
5K15 to the proper terminals of the LLID 1U4 on the control
panel.
The chiller will run normally when the contacts are closed.
When either contact opens, the compressor(s), if
operating, will go to the RUN:UNLOAD operating mode
and cycle off. Unit operation will be inhibited. Closure of
the contacts will permit the unit to return to normal
operation.
Field-supplied contacts for all low voltage connections
must be compatible with dry circuit 24 VDC for a 12 mA
resistive load. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped
with the unit.
External Circuit Lockout – Circuit #1 and #2
CH530 provides auxiliary control of a customer specified
or installed contact closure, for individual operation of
either Circuit #1 or #2. If the contact is closed, the
refrigerant circuit will not operate 5K16 and 5K17.
Upon contact opening, the refrigerant circuit will run
normally.This feature is used to restrict total chiller
operation, e.g. during emergency generator operations.
Connections to 1U5 are shown in the field diagrams that
are shipped with the unit.
These customer-supplied contact closures must be
compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA resistive load. Silver or
gold plated contacts are recommended.
Ice Building Option
CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/
installed contact closure for ice building if so configured
and enabled.This output is known as the Ice Building
Status Relay.The normally open contact will be closed
when ice building is in progress and open when ice
building has been normally terminated either through Ice
Termination setpoint being reached or removal of the Ice
Building command.This output is for use with the ice
storage system equipment or controls (provided by
others) to signal the system changes required as the chiller
mode changes from “ice building” to “ice complete”.
When contact 5K18 is provided, the chiller will run
normally when the contact is open.
CH530 will accept either an isolated contact closure
(External Ice Building command) or a Remote
70
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
Freeze inhibitor must be adequate for the leaving water
temperature. Failure to do so will result in damage to
system components.
Techview must also be used to enable or disable Ice
Machine Control.This setting does not prevent theTracer
from commanding Ice Building mode.
Upon contact closure, the CH530 will initiate an ice
building mode, in which the unit runs fully loaded at all
times. Ice building shall be terminated either by opening
the contact or based on the entering evaporator water
temperature. CH530 will not permit the ice building mode
to be reentered until the unit has been switched out of ice
building mode (open 5K18 contacts) and then switched
back into ice building mode (close 5K18 contacts.)
In ice building, all limits (freeze avoidance, evaporator,
condenser, current) will be ignored. All safeties will be
enforced.
If, while in ice building mode, the unit gets down to the
freeze stat setting (water or refrigerant), the unit will shut
down on a manually resettable diagnostic, just as in
normal operation.
Connect leads from 5K18 to the proper terminals of 1U7.
Refer to the field diagrams which are shipped with the unit.
Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended.These
customer furnished contacts must be compatible with 24
VDC, 12 mA resistive load.
External Chilled Water Setpoint
(ECWS) Option
The CH530 provides inputs that accept either 4-20 mA or 210 VDC signals to set the external chilled water setpoint
(ECWS).This is not a reset function.The input defines the
set point.This input is primarily used with generic BAS
(building automation systems).The chilled water setpoint
set via the DynaView or through digital communication
withTracer (Comm3).The arbitration of the various chilled
water setpoint sources is described in the flow charts at the
end of the section.
The chilled water setpoint may be changed from a remote
location by sending either a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA signal to
the 1U6, terminals 5 and 6 LLID. 2-10 VDC and 4-20 mA
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Installation - Electrical
each correspond to a 10 to 65°F (-12 to 18°C) external
chilled water setpoint.
The following equations apply:
Voltage Signal
Current Signal
As generated from
external source
VDC=0.1455*(ECWS)+ mA=0.2909(ECWS)+
0.5454
1.0909
As processed by
CH530
ECWS=6.875*(VDC)3.75
Depending on the type to be used, theTechView Service
Tool must be used to configure the LLID and the MP for the
proper input type that is being used.This is accomplished
by a setting change on the CustomTab of the
Configuration View withinTechView.
Important:
ECWS=3.4375(mA)3.75
For proper unit operation, BOTH ECLS and
ECWS settings MUST be the same (2-10
VDC or 4-20mA), even if only one input is to
be used.
If the ECWS input develops an open or short, the LLID will
report either a very high or very low value back to the main
processor.This will generate an informational diagnostic
and the unit will default to using the Front Panel
(DynaView) Chilled Water Setpoint.
The J2-3 and J2-6 terminal is chassis grounded and
terminal J2- 1 and J2-4 can be used to source 12 VDC.The
ECLS uses terminals J2-2 and J2-3. ECWS uses terminals
J2-5 and J2-6. Both inputs are only compatible with
high-side current sources.
TechView ServiceTool is used to set the input signal type
from the factory default of 2-10 VDC to that of 4-20 mA.
TechView is also used to install or remove the External
ChilledWater Setpoint option as well as a means to enable
and disable ECWS.
Figure 35. Wiring examples for ECLS and ECWS
External Current Limit Setpoint
(ECLS) Option
Similar to the above, the CH530 also provides for an
optional External Current Limit Setpoint that will accept
either a 2-10VDC (default) or a 4-20 mA signal.The Current
Limit Setting can also be set via the DynaView or through
digital communication withTracer (Comm 3).The
arbitration of the various sources of current limit is
described in the flow charts at the end of this section.The
External Current Limit Setpoint may be changed from a
remote location by hooking up the analog input signal to
the 1 U6 LLID terminals 2 and 3. Refer to the following
paragraph on Analog Input Signal Wiring Details.The
following equations apply for ECLS:
Voltage Signal
Current Signal
As generated from
external source
VDC+0.133*(%)-6.0
mA=0.266*(%)-12.0
As processed by
UCM
%=7.5*(VDC)+45.0
%=3.75*(mA)+45.0
If the ECLS input develops an open or short, the LLID will
report either a very high or very low value back to the man
processor.This will generate an informational diagnostic
and the unit will default to using the Front Panel
(DynaView) Current Limit Setpoint.
TheTechView ServiceTool must be used to set the input
signal type from the factory default of 2-10 VDC to that of
4-20 mA current.TechView must be also be used to install
or remove the External Current Limit Setpoint Option for
field installation, or can be used to enable or disable the
feature (if installed).
Chilled Water Reset (CWR)
CH530 resets chilled water temperature set point based on
either return water temperature, or outdoor air
temperature. Return Reset and Outdoor Reset are
standard.The following shall be selectable:
•
One of three ResetTypes: None, Return Water
Temperature Reset, Outdoor AirTemperature Reset, or
Constant Return WaterTemperature Reset.
•
Reset Ratio Set Points.
For outdoor air temperature reset there shall be both
positive and negative reset ratio's.
•
Start Reset Set Points.
•
Maximum Reset Set Points.
The equations for each type of reset are as follows:
Return
CWS' = CWS + RATIO (START RESET - (TWE -TWL))
ECLS and ECWS Analog Input Signal
Wiring Details:
and CWS' > or = CWS
Both the ECWS and ECLS can be connected and setup as
either a 2-10 VDC (factory default), 4-20 mA, or resistance
input (also a form of 4-2OmA) as indicated below.
Outdoor
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
CWS' = CWS + RATIO * (START RESET -TOD)
and CWS' > or = CWS
71
Installation - Electrical
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
where
CWS' is the new chilled water set point or the “reset CWS”
Communications Interface
Options
CWS is the active chilled water set point before any reset
has occurred, e.g. normally Front Panel,Tracer, or ECWS
Tracer Communications Interface
Option
RESET RATIO is a user adjustable gain
This option allows theTracer CH530 controller to exchange
information (e.g. operating setpoints and Auto/Standby
commands) with a higher-level control device, such as a
Tracer Summit or a multiple-machine controller. A
shielded, twisted pair connection establishes the bidirectional communications link between theTracer
CH530 and the building automation system.
START RESET is a user adjustable reference
TOD is the outdoor temperature
TWE is entering evap. water temperature
TWL is leaving evap. water temperature
MAXIMUM RESET is a user adjustable limit providing the
maximum amount of reset. For all types of reset, CWS' CWS < or = Maximum Reset.
Range
Reset
Type
Return
Reset
Ratio
10 to
120%
Increment
Start
Reset
80 to 80%
IP
Units
4 to 30 F 0 to 20 F 1%
(2.2 to
16.7 C)
Outdoor
Max
Reset
1%
Factory
Default
50%
(0.0 to
11.1 C)
50 to 130
0 to 20 F 1%
F
(10 to
54.4 C)
SI
Units
1%
Important: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run
low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with
conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
Field wiring for the communication link must meet the
following requirements:
•
All wiring must be in accordance with the NEC and
local codes.
•
Communication link wiring must be shielded, twisted
pair wiring (Belden 8760 or equivalent). See the table
below for wire size selection:
10%
(0.0 to
11.1 C)
In addition to Return and Outdoor Reset, the MP provides
a menu item for the operator to select a Constant Return
Reset. Constant Return Reset will reset the leaving water
temperature set point so as to provide a constant entering
water temperature.The Constant Return Reset equation is
the same as the Return Reset equation except on selection
of Constant Return Reset, the MP will automatically set
Ratio, Start Reset, and Maximum Reset to the following.
Table 53. Wire Size
Wire Size
Maximum Length of Communication
Wire
14 AWG (2.5 mm2)
16 AWG (1.5 mm2)
18 AWG (1.0 mm2)
5,000 FT (1525 m)
2,000 FT (610 m)
1,000 FT (305 m)
•
The communication link cannot pass between
buildings.
•
All units on the communication link can be connected
in a “daisy chain” configuration.
RATIO = 100%
START RESET = Design DeltaTemp.
MAXIMUM RESET = Design DeltaTemp.
The equation for Constant Return is then as follows:
CWS' = CWS + 100% (Design DeltaTemp. - (TWE -TWL))
and CWS' > or = CWS
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
When any type of CWR is enabled, the MP will step the
Active CWS toward the desired CWS' (based on the above
equations and setup parameters) at a rate of 1 degree F
every 5 minutes until the Active CWS equals the desired
CWS'.This applies when the chiller is running.
When the chiller is not running, CWS is reset immediately
(within one minute) for Return Reset and at a rate of 1
degree F every 5 minutes for Outdoor Reset.The chiller
will start at the Differential to Start value above a fully reset
CWS or CWS' for both Return and Outdoor Reset.
LonTalk™ Interface (LCI-C)
CH530 provides an optional LonTalk Communication
Interface (LCI-C) between the chiller and a Building
Automation System (BAS). An LCI-C LLID shall be used to
provide “gateway”. functionality between a LonTalk
compatible device and the Chiller.The inputs/outputs
include both mandatory and optional network variables as
established by the LonMark® Functional Chiller Profile
8040.
Note: For more information, see ACC-SVN25*-EN.
BACnet™ Interface (BCI-C)
Optional BACnet Communication Interface for Chillers
(BCI-C) is comprised of aTracer UC400 controller with
interface software. It is a non-programmable
communications module that allows units to
communicate on a BACnet communications network.
Note: For more information, see BAS-SVP05*-EN.
72
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Operating Principles
refrigerants must be certified.The Federal Clean Air Act
(Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling,
reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain
refrigerants and the equipment that is used in these
service procedures. In addition, some states or
municipalities may have additional requirements that
must also be adhered to for responsible management of
refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them.
This section contains an overview of the operation and
maintenance of RTAC units equipped with CH530 control
systems. It describes the overall operating principles of the
RTAC design.
Refrigeration Cycle
The refrigeration cycle of the RTAC chiller is similar to that
of the RTAA air cooled water chiller.The exception is that
the evaporating and condensing temperatures have been
increased to allow for optimization of the chiller and
reduced foot print.The refrigeration cycle is represented
in the pressure enthalpy diagram in Figure 36. Key state
points are indicated on the figure.The cycle for the full
load AHRI design point is represented in the plot.
R-134a is a medium pressure refrigerant. It may not be
used in any condition that would cause the chiller to
operate in a vacuum without a purge system. RTAC is not
equipped with a purge system.Therefore, the RTAC chiller
may not be operated in a condition that would result in a
saturated condition in the chiller of –15°F (-26°C) or lower.
R-134a requires the use of specific POE oils as designated
on the unit nameplate.
Figure 36. Pressure enthalpy (P-h) diagram - RTAC
R-134a
600
Important:
500
Compressor
2
137°F (58°C)
3
3b
2b
126°F (52°C)
P (psia)
200
106°F (41°C)
100
4
4b
50
1
39°F (4°C)
1b
30
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
h (btu/lb)
The RTAC chiller uses a shell and tube evaporator design
with refrigerant evaporating on the shell side and water
flowing inside tubes having enhanced surfaces (states 4 to
1).The suction lines and bolt pads are designed to
minimize pressure drop.(states 1 to 1b).The compressor is
a twin-rotor helical rotary compressor designed similarly
to the compressors offered in otherTrane Screw
Compressor Based Chillers (states 1b to 2).The discharge
lines include a highly efficient oil separation system that
virtually removes all oil from the refrigerant stream going
to the heat exchangers (states 2 to 2b). De-superheating,
condensing and sub-cooling is accomplished in a fin and
tube air cooled heat exchanger where refrigerant is
condensed in the tube (states 2b to 3b). Refrigerant flow
through the system is balanced by an electronic expansion
valve (states 3b to 4).
Refrigerant R-134a
The RTAC chiller uses environmentally friendly R134a.
Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are
important to the environment, our customers, and the air
conditioning industry. All technicians who handle
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Use only R-134a andTrane Oil 00048 in
RTAC chillers.
140
The compressor is a semi-hermetic, direct-drive rotary
type compressor. Each compressor has only four moving
parts: two rotors that provide compression and male and
female load-control valves.The male rotor is attached to
the motor and the female rotor is driven by the male rotor.
The rotors and motor are supported by bearings.
The helical rotary compressor is a positive displacement
device. Refrigerant vapor from evaporator is drawn into
the suction opening of the compressor (state 1b), through
a suction strainer screen across the motor (which provides
motor cooling) and into the intake of the compressor
rotors.The gas is then compressed and discharged
through a check valve and into the discharge line (state 2).
There is no physical contact between the rotors and the
compressor housing.The rotors contact each other at the
point where the driving action between the male and
female rotors occurs. Oil is injected into the rotors of the
compressor, coating the rotors and the compressor
housing interior. Although this oil does provide rotor
lubrication, its primary purpose is to seal the clearance
spaces between the rotors and compressor housing. A
positive seal between these internal parts enhances
compressor efficiency by limiting leakage between the
high pressure and low pressure cavities.
Capacity control is accomplished by means of a female
step load-control valve and a male control valve.The
female step valve is the first stage of loading after the
compressor starts and the last stage of unloading before
the compressor shuts down.The male control valve is
positioned by a piston cylinder along the length of the
male rotor. Compressor capacity is dictated by the
position of the loading valve relative to the rotors. When
the valve slides toward the discharge end of the rotors
compressor capacity is reduced.
73
Operating Principles
Condenser and Subcooler
Condenser and subcooler are similar to the condenser
used in RTAA chillers.The heat exchanger consists of 3/8”
tubes that contain refrigerant, large fins that are in the air
flow and fans that draw air through fins. Heat is transferred
from the refrigerant through the tubes and fins to the air.
High pressure gas from the compressor enters the tubes of
the condenser through a distribution header (state 2b). As
refrigerant flows through the tubes, the heat of
compression and cooling load are rejected to the air. In
this process the refrigerant is de-superheated, condensed
(states 2b to 3) and finally subcooled (states 3 to 3b) to a
temperature slightly above the ambient air temperature.
The subcooled liquid refrigerant is collected in the leaving
header where it is transferred to the liquid line (state 3b).
Controls algorithm always runs as many fans as possible
without reducing differential pressure (discharge minus
suction) below setpoint, 60 psid (4.2 bar). If a warm enough
ambient is sensed, all fans will run. If ambient is cooler,
some fans are shut off to maintain pressure differential.
Fan staging depends on chiller load, evaporator pressure,
condenser effectiveness, ambient temperature, and
numbers and sizes of fans installed on circuit.
Algorithm pre-starts fans (based on ambient and water
temperatures) when a circuit starts the compressor. (For
rare conditions such as during some pull-downs, a steady
fan state would either violate the 60 psid (4.2 bar) setpoint
or cause a high pressure cut-out; in those conditions a fan
will cycle on and off.)
For up to two minutes after chiller start-up, the setpoint is
35 psi (2.45 bar) difference, and then before the controls
adjust gradually over half a minute up to 60 psi (4.2 bar).
Expansion Valve
Pressure drop occurs in an electronic expansion valve.The
unit controller (CH530) uses the valve to regulate the flow
through the liquid line to match the flow produced by the
compressor. The valve has a variable orifice that is
modulated by a stepper motor.
High pressure, subcooled liquid refrigerant enters the
expansion valve from the liquid line. As refrigerant passes
through the valve the pressure is dropped substantially,
which results in vaporization of some of the refrigerant.
The heat of vaporization is supplied by the two phase
mixture resulting in low temperature low pressure
refrigerant which is supplied to the evaporator (state 4) to
provide cooling.
over the length of the evaporator tubes by the two-phase
distribution system. A portion of the liquid boils as it falls
by gravity from tube to tube, wetting all the tubes of the
evaporator.To ensure that the tubes at the bottom of the
evaporator do not experience “dry out,” a liquid pool is
maintained in the bottom few inches of the bundle.Tubes
located in the bottom of the evaporator will evaporate the
liquid refrigerant by boiling (pool boiling).
Heat is transferred from the water or glycol inside the
tubes to the liquid refrigerant as the film of refrigerant
evaporates on the surface of the tube.Thin film heat
transfer requires a smaller temperature difference for a
given amount of heat transfer than nucleate boiling, which
is the heat transfer process used in flooded evaporators.
Hence, efficiency is enhanced by the use of falling film
evaporation. Additionally, the evaporator requires less
refrigerant than a comparable flooded evaporator and the
evaporator boils the entire refrigerant supply at constant
pressure. Refrigerant vapor exits the evaporator through
the suction line (state 1).
Oil System
Screw compressors require large quantities of oil for
lubricating and sealing the rotors and lubricating the
bearings.This oil is mixed with refrigerant at the discharge
of the compressor.To enhance the performance of the
heat exchanger surfaces an oil separation system is placed
into the discharge line.The oil separator is located
between the compressor and the condenser. It separates
oil using highly efficient centrifugal force. Approximately
99.5% of the oil is removed from the refrigerant in the
separator.
Oil that is removed from the refrigerant falls by gravity into
the oil sump.This oil is directed back to the compressor
through the oil lines. Internal to the compressor is a high
efficiency filter to clean the oil before it is delivered to the
rotors and bearings. Once oil is injected into the
compressor rotors it mixes with the refrigerant again and
is delivered back to the discharge line.
Oil that gets past the oil separators flows through the
condenser, subcooler and expansion valve into the
evaporator.This oil is collected in the pool of refrigerant
that is maintained in the bottom of the evaporator. A small
amount of oil and refrigerant from this pool (state 4b) is
returned through a line that is connected to the
compressor down stream of the motor.This oil and
refrigerant mixes with the refrigerant vapor that was
drawn out of the evaporator, prior to injection into the
compressor rotors.
Evaporator
The evaporator is composed of a liquid-vapor distributor
and falling film evaporator.
A liquid-vapor refrigerant mixture enters the distributor
(state 4).The mixture is distributed over the length of the
evaporator tubes (state 4b). Liquid is evenly distributed
74
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Overview
languages as factory-ordered or can be easily downloaded
from www.trane.com.
RTAC units utilize theTracer™ CH530 chiller control
system which consists of several elements:
TechView can be connected to either the DynaView
module and provides further data, adjustment
capabilities, diagnostics information using downloadable
software.
•
•
•
The main processor collects data, status, and
diagnostic information and communicates commands
to the starter module and the LLID (for Low Level
Intelligent Device) bus.The main processor has an
integral display (DynaView™).
Higher level modules (e.g. starter) exist only as
necessary to support system level control and
communications.The starter module provides control
of the starter when starting, running, and stopping the
chiller motor. It also processes its own diagnostics and
provides motor and compressor protection.
Low level intelligent device (LLID) bus.The main
processor communicates to each input and output
device (e.g. temperature and pressure sensors, low
voltage binary inputs, analog input/output) all
connected to a four-wire bus, rather than the
conventional control architecture of signal wires for
each device.
•
The communication interface to a building automation
system (BAS).
•
A service tool to provide all service/maintenance
capabilities.
DynaView Display
DynaView™ display interface is made of weatherproof
and durable plastic for use as a stand-alone device on the
outside of the unit or mounted nearby. See Figure 37.
The DynaView uses a 1/4 VGA display with a resistive
touch screen and an LED backlight.The display area is
approximately 4 inches wide by 3 inches high (102mm x
60mm).
Figure 37.
DynaView
Main processor and service tool (™) software is
downloadable from www.Trane.com.The process is
discussed in section “TechView,” p. 83.
DynaView provides bus management. It has the task of
restarting the link, or filling in for what it sees as “missing”
devices when normal communications has been
degraded. Use ofTechView may be required.
The CH530 uses the IPC3 protocol based on RS485 signal
technology and communicating at 19.2 Kbaud to allow 3
rounds of data per second on a 64-device network. A
typical four-compressor RTAC will have around 50 devices.
Most diagnostics are handled by the DynaView. If a
temperature or pressure is reported out of range by a LLID,
the DynaView processes this information and calls out the
diagnostic.The individual LLIDs are not responsible for
any diagnostic functions.The only exception to this is the
Starter module.
Note: It is imperative that the CH530 ServiceTool
(TechView) be used to facilitate the replacement of
any LLID or reconfigure any chiller component.
TechView is discussed later in this section.
Controls Interface
Key Functions
In this touch screen application, key functions are
determined completely by software and change
depending upon the subject matter currently being
displayed.The basic touch screen functions are outlined
below.
Radio Buttons
Radio buttons show one menu choice among two or more
alternatives, all visible. (It is the AUTO button in Figure 37.)
The radio button model mimics the buttons used on oldfashioned radios to select stations. When one is pressed,
the one that was previously pressed “pops out” and the
new station is selected. In the DynaView model the
possible selections are each associated with a button.The
selected button is darkened, presented in reverse video to
indicate it is the selected choice.The full range of possible
choices as well as the current choice is always in view.
Each chiller is equipped with a DynaView interface.The
DynaView has the capability to display information to the
operator including the ability to adjust settings. Multiple
screens are available and text is presented in multiple
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
75
Controls Interface
Spin Value Buttons
Spin values are used to allow a variable setpoint to be
changed, such as leaving water setpoint.The value
increases or decreases by touching the increment (+) or
decrement (-) arrows.
Action Buttons
Action buttons appear temporarily and provide the user
with a choice such as Enter or Cancel.
Hot Links
Hot links are used to navigate from one view to another
view.
File Folder Tabs
File folder tabs are used to select a screen of data. Just like
tabs in a file folder, these serve to title the folder/screen
selected, as well as provide navigation to other screens. In
DynaView, the tabs are in one row across the top of the
display.The folder tabs are separated from the rest of the
display by a horizontal line.Vertical lines separate the tabs
from each other.The folder that is selected has no
horizontal line under its tab, thereby making it look like a
part of the current folder (as would an open folder in a file
cabinet).The user selects a screen of information by
touching the appropriate tab.
Display Screens
Note: Screens shown in this chapter are representative
samples only, and may not exactly match the
values, selections found on your particular unit.
Basic Screen Format
The main body of the screen is used for description text,
data, setpoints, or keys (touch sensitive areas).The Chiller
Mode is displayed here.
The double up arrows cause a page-by-page scroll either
up or down.The single arrow causes a line by line scroll to
occur. At the end of the page, the appropriate scroll bar will
disappear.
A double arrow pointing to the right indicates more
information is available about the specific item on that
same line. Pressing it will bring you to a subscreen that will
present the information or allow changes to settings.
The bottom of the screen (Fixed Display) is present in all
screens and contains the following functions.The left
circular area is used to reduce the contrast/viewing angle
of the display.The right circular area is used to increase
the contrast/viewing angle of the display.The contrast
may require re-adjustment at ambient temperatures
significantly different from those present at last
adjustment.
The other functions are critical to machine operation.The
AUTO and STOP keys are used to enable or disable the
chiller.The key selected is in black (reverse video).The
chiller will stop when the STOP key is touched and after
completing the Run Unload mode.
Touching the AUTO key will enable the chiller for active
cooling if no diagnostic is present. (A separate action must
be taken to clear active diagnostics.)
The AUTO and STOP keys, take precedence over the Enter
and Cancel keys. (While a setting is being changed, AUTO
and STOP keys are recognized even if Enter or Cancel has
not been pressed.)
The ALARMS button appears only when an alarm is
present, and blinks (by alternating between normal and
reverse video) to draw attention to a diagnostic condition.
Pressing the ALARMS button takes you to the
corresponding tab for additional information.
The basic screen format appears as
Front Panel Lockout Feature
File folder
Tabs
Page scroll
(up)
Radio buttons
Contrast control (lighter)
Tab navigator
Page scroll
(down)
Line scroll
(up/down)
Contrast control (darker)
Display and Touch Screen are Locked
Enter Password to Unlock
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Enter
0
Cancel
:
The file folder tabs across the top of the screen are used to
select the various display screens.
Scroll arrows are added if more file tabs (choices) are
available. When the tabs are at the left most position, the
left navigator will not show and only navigation to the right
will be possible. Likewise when the right most screen is
selected, only left navigation will be possible.
76
Note: The DynaView display andTouch Screen Lock
screen is shown below.This screen is used if the
Display and touch screen and lock feature is
enabled.Thirty minutes after the last keystroke,
this screen is displayed and the Display andTouch
Screen is locked out until the sequence “159
” is pressed.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Until the proper password is entered, there will be no
access to the DynaView screens including all reports,
setpoints, and Auto/Stop/Alarms/Interlocks.
control on the screen will return the display to
readable condition.
The password “159” is not programmable from either
DynaView orTechView.
Note: All screens shown in this section are typical. Some
screens show all display options available, only
one of which may appear on a line.
Front Panel Display During Cold Ambients
Modes Screen
If the Display andTouch Screen Lock feature is disabled,
the following screen is automatically displayed if the
DynaViewTemperature is below freezing and has been 30
minutes after the last keystroke.
The Mode Screen is only found on software revisions 18
and later.This screen provides a display for the top level
operating mode for each of the components and subcomponents of the chiller (i.e. Chiller, Circuits, and
Compressors) that exist on the Chiller as it is configured.
The modes are displayed as text only without the hex
codes.
Display and Touch Screen are Locked
Enter 159 to Unlock
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Enter
0
Cancel
In software revisions 17.0 and earlier, the top level mode
and the sub mode for each component was displayed on
the respective component tab on the first two lines.The
mode display of the first three lines of the Compressor and
Chiller Screen tabs is eliminated with the addition of the
Mode Screen
Note: This feature is provided to avoid unintended
actuations of the keypad, which can occur due to
ice build-up on the DynaView’s exterior surfaces.
Also be aware that at extremes of temperatures,
the LCD display screen will change its contrast from
the optimal adjustment made at more normal
temperatures. It can appear washed out or blacked
out. Simply pressing the lower right contrast
Table 54. Chiller modes
Chiller Modes
Description
Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Stopped
The chiller is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further information is
provided by the sub-mode:
Local Stop
Chiller is stopped by DynaView Stop button command- cannot be remotely overridden.
Panic Stop
Chiller is stopped by the DynaView Panic Stop (by pressing Stop button twice in succession)
- previous shutdown was manually commanded to shutdown immediately without a rununload or pumpdown cycle - cannot be remotely overridden.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset
The chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that requires manual intervention to reset.
Other sub-modes are possible in conjunction with at least one of the above modes - See items below for their descriptions:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
Start Inhibited by Low Cond Temp
Start Inhibited by Low Ambient Temp
Start Inhibited by External Source
Start Inhibited by BAS
Waiting for BAS Communications
Ice Building to Normal Transition
Ice Building is Complete
Run Inhibit
The chiller is currently being inhibited from starting (and running), but may be allowed to
start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Further information is provided by
the sub-mode:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
The entire chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that may automatically clear.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
77
Controls Interface
Table 54. Chiller modes (continued)
Chiller Modes
Description
Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Start Inhibited by Low Cond Temp
The chiller is inhibited from starting by Low Condenser Temperature- Inhibit is active below
either 25°F (can be disabled with proper freeze protection) or 0°F (limit set by design, cannot
be disabled). As an exception, this will not stop a chiller already running.
Start Inhibited by Low Ambient Temp
The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by an outdoor air ambient temperature
lower than a specified temperature - per user adjustable settings and can be disabled.
Start Inhibited by External Source
The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by the "external stop" hardwired input.
Start Inhibited by BAS
The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by command from a Building Automation
System via the digital communication link (com 3 or com 5).
Waiting for BAS Communications
This is a transient mode - 15-min. max, and is only possible if the chiller is in the Auto Remote command mode. After a power up reset, it is necessary to wait for valid
communication from a Building Automation System (Tracer) to know whether to run or stay
inhibited. Either valid communication will be received from the Building Automation System
(e.g. Tracer), or a communication diagnostic ultimately will result. In the latter case the
chiller will revert to Local control.
Ice Building to Normal Transition
The chiller is inhibited from running for a brief period of time if it is commanded from active
ice building mode into normal cooling mode via the ice building hardwired input or Tracer.
This allows time for the external system load to "switchover" from an ice bank to the chilled
water loop, and provides for a controlled pull down of the loop's warmer temperature. This
mode is not seen if the ice making is automatically terminated on return brine temperature
per the mode below.
Ice Building is Complete
The chiller is inhibited from running as the Ice Building process has been normally
terminated on the return brine temperature. The chiller will not start unless the ice building
command (hardwired input or Building Automation System command) is removed or cycled.
Auto
The chiller is not currently running but can be expected to start at any moment given that
the proper conditions and interlocks are satisfied. Further information is provided by the
sub-mode:
Waiting For Evap Water Flow
The chiller will wait up to 4 minutes in this mode for evaporator water flow to be established
per the flow switch hardwired input.
Waiting for Need to Cool
The chiller will wait indefinitely in this mode, for an evaporator leaving water temperature
higher than the Chilled Water Setpoint plus the Differential to Start.
Starting
The chiller is going through the necessary steps to allow the lead circuit and lead compressor
to start.
No Sub Modes
Running
At least one circuit and one compressor on the chiller are currently running. Further
information is provided by the sub-mode:
Unit is Building Ice
The chiller is running in the Ice Building Mode, and either at or moving towards full capacity
available. Ice mode is terminated either with the removal of the ice mode command or with
the return brine temperature falling below the Ice Termination Setpoint.
Running - Limited
At least one circuit and one compressor on the chiller are currently running, but the operation
of the chiller as a whole is being actively limited by the controls.
Capacity Limited by
High Evap Water Temp
This mode will occur if both the OA temperature is above 40°F and the Evap Leaving Water
Temperature is above 75°F as is often the case in a high temperature pull-down. While in
this mode, no compressors will be allowed to load past their minimum load capacity step,
but it will not inhibit compressor staging. This mode is necessary to prevent nuisance trips
due to Compressor Overcurrent or High Pressure Cutout. Reasonable pull-down rates can
still be expected despite this limit.
78
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Table 55. Circuit modes
Circuit Modes
Description
Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Stopped
The given circuit is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further
information is provided by the sub-mode:
Front Panel Lockout
The circuit is manually locked out by the circuit lockout setting - the nonvolatile
lockout setting is accessible through either the DynaView or TechView.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset
The circuit has been shutdown on a latching diagnostic.
Other sub-modes are possible in conjunction with at least one of the above modes - See items below for their descriptions:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
Start Inhibited by External Source
Start Inhibited by BAS
Run Inhibit
The given circuit is currently being inhibited from starting (and running), but may
be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Further
information is provided by the sub-mode:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
The circuit has been shutdown on a diagnostic that may clear automatically.
Start Inhibited by External Source
The circuit is inhibited from starting (and running) by its "external circuit lockout"
hardwired input.
Start Inhibited by BAS
The circuit is inhibited from starting (and running) by command from a Building
Automation System via the digital communication link (com 3 or com 5).
Auto
The given circuit is not currently running but can be expected to start at any
moment given that the proper conditions and interlocks are satisfied.
No Sub Modes
Starting
The given circuit is going through the necessary steps to allow the lead
compressor on that circuit to start.
No Sub Modes
Running
At least one compressor on the given circuit is currently running. Further
information is provided by the sub-mode:
Establishing Min. Cap - Low Diff pressure
Circuit is experiencing low system differential pressure and is being force loaded,
regardless of Chilled Water Temperature Control, to develop pressure sooner.
Running - Limited
At least one compressor on the given circuit is currently running, but the capacity
of the circuit is being actively limited by the controls. Further information is
provided by the sub-mode:
Capacity Limited by High Cond Press
Circuit is experiencing condenser pressures at or near the condenser limit
setting. Compressors on circuit will be unloaded to prevent exceeding limits.
Capacity Limited by Low Evap Rfgt Temp
The circuit is experiencing saturated evaporator temperatures at or near the Low
Refrigerant Temperature Cutout setting. Compressors on the circuit will be
unloaded to prevent tripping.
Capacity Limited by Low Liquid Level
The circuit is experiencing low refrigerant liquid levels and the EXV is at or near
full open. The compressors on the circuit will be unloaded to prevent tripping.
Shutting Down
The given circuit is still running but shutdown is imminent. The circuit is going
through either a compressor run-unload mode or a circuit operational pumpdown
to dry out the evaporator (cold OA ambient only). Shutdown is necessary due
to one (or more) of the following sub-modes:
Operational Pumpdown
The circuit is in the process shutting down by performing an operational
pumpdown just prior to stopping the last running compressor. The EXV is
commanded closed. Pumpdown will terminate when both the liquid level and the
evap pressure
Front Panel Lockout
The circuit has been manually locked out by the circuit lockout setting and is in
the process of shutting down - the nonvolatile lockout setting is accessible
through either the DynaView or TechView.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset
The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a latching diagnostic.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a diagnostic that may
automatically clear.
Start Inhibited by External Source
The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a command from the external
circuit lockout hardwired input.
Start Inhibited by BAS
The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a command from the Building
Automation System (e.g. Tracer)
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
79
Controls Interface
Table 55. Circuit modes (continued)
Circuit Modes
Description
Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Service Override
The given circuit is in a Service Override mode
Service Pumpdown
The circuit is running with fan control, via a manual command to perform a
Service Pumpdown. Its respective EXV is being held wide open, but the manual
liquid line service valve should be closed.
Table 56. Compressor modes
Compressor Modes
Description
Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Stopped
The given compressor is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further
information is provided by the sub-mode:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset
The compressor has been shutdown on a latching diagnostic.
Service Tool Lockout
The compressor has been shutdown due to a command from the TechView Service Tool
to be "locked out" and inoperative. This setting is nonvolatile and operation can only be
restored by using TechView to "unlock" it.
Other sub-modes are possible in conjunction with at least one of the above modes - See items below for their descriptions:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
Restart Inhibit
Run Inhibit
The given compressor is currently being inhibited from starting (and running*), but may
be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Further information
is provided by the sub-mode:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
The compressor has been shutdown on a diagnostic that may clear automatically.
Restart Inhibit
The compressor is currently unable to start due to its restart inhibit timer. A given
compressor is not allowed to start until 5 minutes has expired since its last start.
Auto
The given compressor is not currently running but can be expected to start at any moment
given that the proper conditions occur.
No Sub Modes
Starting
The given compressor is going through the necessary steps to allow it to start. (This mode
is short and transitory)
No Sub Modes
Running
The given compressor is currently running. Further information is provided by the submode:
Establishing Min. Capacity - High Oil Temp
The compressor is running and is being forced loaded to its step load point, without regard
to the leaving water temperature control, to prevent tripping on high oil temperature.
Running - Limited
The given compressor is currently running, but its capacity is being actively limited by the
controls. Further information is provided by the sub-mode:
Capacity Limited by High Current
The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by high currents. The current
limit setting is 120% RLA (to avoid overcurrent trips) or lower as set by the compressor's
"share" of the active current limit (demand limit) setting for the entire chiller.
Capacity Limited by Phase Unbalance
The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by excessive phase current
unbalance.
Shutting Down
The given compressor is still running but shutdown is imminent. The compressor is going
through either a run-unload mode or is the active compressor in the operational
pumpdown cycle for its circuit. Shutdown is either normal (no sub-mode displayed) or due
the following sub-modes:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset
The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a latching diagnostic.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a diagnostic that may clear
automatically.
Service Tool Lockout
The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a command from the TechView
Service Tool to be "locked out" and inoperative. This setting is nonvolatile and operation
can only be restored by using TechView to "unlock" it.
80
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Chiller Screen
.
The chiller screen is a summary of the chiller activity.
Table 58. Compressor screen
Description
Table 57. Chiller screen
Description
Evap Leaving Water Temperature
Resolution
X.X
Units
F/C
Evap Entering Water Temperature
X.X
F/C
Active Chilled Water Setpoint
X.X
F/C
Active Current Limit Setpoint
X
% RLA
Out Door Temperature
X.X
F/C
Software Type
RTA
Text
Software Version
X.XX
Text
Compressor Screen
The compressor screen displays information for the one,
two, three, or four compressors in the format shown.The
top line of radio buttons allows you to select the
compressor of interest.The next three lines show the
compressor operating mode.The compressor radio
buttons and the compressor operating mode lines don’t
change as you scroll down in the menu.
Resolution
Units
Amps
Amps L1 L2 L3
XXX
% RLA L1 L2 L3
X.X
% RLA
Unit Volts
XXX
Volts
Oil Temperature
X.X
F/C
Intermediate Oil Pressure
X.X
Pressure
Suction Pressure
X.X
Pressure
Starts/ Run Hours
X, XX:XX
hr:min
Refrigerant Screen
The refrigerant screen displays those aspects of the chiller
related to the refrigerant circuits.
The top screen has no upward scroll keys.The single arrow
down scrolls the screen one line at a time. As soon as the
display is one line away from the top, the upward pointing
arrow appears.
The last screen has a single arrow to scroll upward one line
at a time. When in the last position, the single down arrow
disappears.
Each compressor has its own screen depending on which
radio key is pressed. When toggling between compressor
screens, say to compare starts and run time, the same lines
can be seen without additional key strokes. For example,
toggling from the bottom of the compressor 1A menu
accesses the top of the compressor 2A menu.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Table 59. Refrigerant screen
Description
Resolution
Units
Cond Rfgt Pressure Ckt1/Ckt2
X.X
Pressure
Sat Cond Rfgt Temp Ckt1/Ckt2
X.X
F/C
Evap Rfgt Pressure Ckt1/Ckt2
X.X
Pressure
Sat Evap Rfgt Temp Ckt1/Ckt2
X.X
F/C
Evap Approach Temp Ckt1/Ckt2 X.X
F/C
Rfgt Liquid Level Ckt1/Ckt2
Height
X.X
81
Controls Interface
Setpoint Screen
Table 60. Setpoint screen (continued)
Resolution or
Text
Units
Front Panel Current Limit
Setpoint
XXX
% RLA
Differential to Start
X.X
Temperature
In Screen 1 the language setpoint will always be the last
setpoint in the list.This will facilitate language changes by
placing that control in a standard position across all
CH.530 product lines.
Differential to Stop
X.X
Temperature
Condenser Limit Setpoint
Enable/Disable
Text
Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint
X.X
Temperature
Low Ambient Lockout
Enable/Disable
Text
Screen 2 displays the current value of the chosen setpoint
in the upper ½ of the display. It is displayed in a changeable
format consistent with its type. Binary setpoints are
considered to be simple two state enumeration and will
use radio buttons. Analog setpoints are displayed as spin
buttons.The lower half of the screen is reserved for help
screens.
Ice Build
Enable/Disable
Text
Front Panel Ice Termination
Setpoint
X.X
Temperature
Comp 1A Pumpdown
Pumpdown/Abort Text
Comp 1B Pumpdown
Pumpdown/Abort Text
Comp 2A Pumpdown
Pumpdown/Abort Text
Comp 2B Pumpdown
Pumpdown/Abort Text
EXV Ckt 1 Open
Auto/Open
Text
EXV Ckt 2 Open
Auto/Open
Text
Front Panel Ckt 1 Lockout
Locked Out/Not
Locked Out
Text
Front Panel Ckt 2 Lockout
Locked Out/Not
Locked Out
Text
The setpoint screen is a two-part screen. Screen 1 lists all
setpoints available to change along with their current
value.The operator selects a setpoint to change by
touching either the verbal description or setpoint value.
Doing this causes the screen to switch to Screen 2.
Description
Ext Chilled Water Setpoint
X.X
F/C
Ext Current Limit Setpoint
XXX
% RLA
Date Format
mmm dd yyyy, dd
Text
mm yyyy
Date
Time Format
Text
Time of Day
Table 60. Setpoint screen
Description
Resolution or
Text
Units
Auto Local or Remote
Remote/Local
Text
Front Panel Chilled Water
Setpoint
X.X
F/C
Table 61
Text
12 hr, 24 hr
Text
Keypad/Display Lockout
Enable/Disable
Text
Display Units
SI, English
Text
Pressure Units
Absolute, Gauge
Text
Language Selection
Downloaded from
Text
TechView
Setpoint options/conditions displayed
Option
Condition(s)
Explanation
Ice Building
Enable/Disable
If feature is installed, operation can be initiated or stopped
Cprsr Pumpdown1
Avail
Pumpdown is allowed: only with unit in Stop or when circuit is locked out
Not Avail
Pumpdown is not allowed because unit is operating or pumpdown has been completed
Pumpdown
State is displayed while pumpdown is in progress
EXV Ckt Open
Avail
(For Authorized Service Use Only2)
Ckt Lockout
Indicates EXV is closed but can be opened manually since unit is in Stop or circuit is
locked out
Not Avail
EXV is closed but cannot be opened manually since unit is operating
Open
State is displayed when EXV is open. Unit will not start with EXV manually set open,
but will initiate valve closure first.
Locked Out
Circuit is locked out at Front Panel; other circuit may be available to run
Not Locked Out
Circuit is not locked out and is available to run
Notes:
1 Pumpdown procedure are discussed in Maintenance section 10.
2 Used for liquid level control or to recover from pumpdown
82
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Table 61
Setpoint options/conditions displayed (continued)
Option
Condition(s)
Explanation
Ext. Chilled Water Setpt
Enable/Disable
Allows unit to control setpoint; otherwise another loop controller in line will control, as
optionally wired.
Ext. Current Limit Setpt
Enable/Disable
Allows unit to control setpoint; otherwise another loop controller in line will control, as
optionally wired.
Notes:
1 Pumpdown procedure are discussed in Maintenance section 10.
2 Used for liquid level control or to recover from pumpdown
Diagnostic Screen
Display Formats
The diagnostic screen (shown following) is accessible by
either pressing the blinking ALARMS key or by pressing
the Diagnostic tab on the screen tab selection.
Units
A hex code and a verbal description appears on the display
as shown typically above.This is the last active diagnostic.
Pressing the “Reset All Active Diagnostics” will reset all
active diagnostics regardless of type, machine or
refrigerant circuit. Compressor diagnostics, which hold off
only one compressor, are treated as circuit diagnostics,
consistent with the circuit to which they belong. One
circuit not operating will not shut the chiller down.Viewing
the “Compressor” screen will indicate whether a circuit is
not operating and for what reason.
Temperature settings are in °F or °C, depending on Display
Units settings. Settings can be entered in tenths or whole
degrees depending on a menu setting at theTechView.
Dashes (“-----”) appearing in a temperature or pressure
report, indicates that the value is invalid or not applicable.
Languages
English plus two alternate languages may be installed
with DynaView and will reside in the main processor.
English will always be available. Alternate languages must
be installed usingTechView, Software Download View.
TechView
A complete listing of diagnostics and codes is included in
the Diagnostic Section.
Power-Up
On Power-Up, DynaView will cycle through three screens:
•
First Screen, Version # of the Boot, full version #
displayed.
• This screen will display for 5 seconds before
moving to second screen. Contrast is adjustable
from this screen.
•
Second Screen, Application or No Application.
• This screen will display for 5 seconds “A Valid
Application Is Present” or “A Valid Application Is
Not Present”.
•
Third Screen, First screen of the Application, the Chiller
Tab
TechView™ is the PC (laptop) based tool used for servicing
Tracer CH530.Technicians that make any chiller control
modification or service any diagnostic withTracer CH530
must use a laptop running the software application
“TechView.” TechView is aTrane application developed to
minimize chiller downtime and aid the technicians
understanding of chiller operation and service
requirements.
Note: Important: Performing anyTracer CH530 service
functions should be done only by a properly
trained service technician. Please contact your
localTrane service agency for assistance with any
service requirements.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
83
Controls Interface
the installation file in this location helps you remember
where it is stored and makes it easier for technical
support personnel to assist you.
TechView software is available viaTrane.com.
(http://www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/
TechView.aspx?i=1435
This download site provides a user theTechView
installation software and CH530 main processor software
that must be loaded onto your PC in order to service a
CH530 main processor.TheTechView service tool is used
to load software into theTracer CH530 main processor
2. Click the link for the latest version on theTechView
Software Download page. Enter your name, e-mail
address and other required information. Click Submit.
3. A download link will be sent to the e-mail address
provided. Before you click the link please note:
• Sent link may only be used one time.
Minimum PC requirements to install and
operate TechView
• Internet options must be set correctly to allow
download.To verify correct setting:
– Open Internet Explorer Browser
– ClickTools
– Select Internet Options
– Select Security tab
– Click on Internet zone
– Click Custom Level button
– Scroll to Downloads section
– Verify/Enable “Automatic prompting for file
downloads”
– Click OK
– ClickYES on warning window
– Click Apply, then OK
• Microsoft Windows XP Professional, Windows
Vista Business or Windows 7 Enterprise
• Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher
• USB 2.0 or higher
• Pentium II, III or higher processor
• 128Mb RAM minimum forTechView, 1G
recommended for total Windows system
• 1024 x 768 resolution of display
• CD-ROM (optional for copyingTechView install to
CD)
• 56K modem (optional for internet connection)
• 9-pin RS-232 serial connection (optional for
connection to DynaView)
Note: TechView was designed for the preceding listed
laptop configuration. Any variation will have
unknown results.Therefore, support forTechView
is limited to only those operating systems that
meet the specific configuration listed here. Only
computers with a Pentium II class processor or
better are supported; Intel Celeron, AMD, or Cyrix
processors have not been tested.
Note: If this setting is incorrect, you may or may
not receive an error message during
download attempt.
4. Click the download link in the e-mail message.
• If the download window does not open
immediately, please look for a yellow highlighted
message bar/line near the top of your browser. It
may contain a message such as “To help protect
your security, Internet Explorer blocked this site
from downloading files to your computer. Click here
for options...” Click on message line to see options.
TechView is also used to perform any CH530 service or
maintenance function. Servicing a CH530 main processor
includes:
• When dialog box appears, click Save and navigate
to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Click OK.
• Updating main processor software
• If you do not complete the download successfully,
you will have to request another download link
(Step 2).
• Monitoring chiller operation
• Viewing and resetting chiller diagnostics
• Low Level Intelligent Device (LLID) replacement and
binding
• Main processor replacement and configuration
modifications
• Setpoint modifications
• Service overrides
TechView Software Download, Installation
This information can also be found at http://
www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/
TechView.aspx?i=1435.
1. Create a folder called “CH530” on your (C:\CH530) on
your hard drive.This \CH530 folder is the standard
recommended location for the installation file. Storing
84
5. Navigate to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Doubleclick the installation (.exe) file.The License Agreement
dialog box appears.
6. Click I Agree after reviewing License Agreement.The
Choose Components dialog box appears. All
components are selected by default. (These are the
actual MP versions for all units.) Deselect any
components you do not want.
Note: Deselecting components reduces the size of the
installed application.
7.
Click Install. A progress meter dialog box appears. An
information file appears when installation is complete.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Note: Techview requires a current version of JAVA. If
you do not have the current release,TechView
installation will be interrupted, and you will be
provided with information for required JAVA
software download. Once you have completed
the JAVA installation, return to Step 5 to restart
installation.
chiller it is automatically updated in Status View. See
Figure 40, p. 90.
Setpoint View
Setpoint view displays the active setpoints and allows you
to make changes. See Figure 41, p. 90.
Setpoint List
Unit View
The center displays the scrollable list of setpoint panels.
Unit view is a summary for the system organized by chiller
subsystem.This provides an overall view of chiller
operating parameters and gives you an “at-a-glance”
assessment of chiller operation.
The Control Panel tab displays important operating
information for the unit and allows you to change several
key operating parameters.The panel is divided into four or
more sub-panels (depending on the number of circuits in
the unit).
Setpoint Enumeration Panel
A setpoint numeric panel contains a label with the setpoint
description and a pull-down list showing the active value
and the other selections.The Default button returns the
setpoint to the product's factory setting.The text field is
updated when the change is complete.
Setpoint Numeric Panel
The Operating Mode tab displays the unit, circuit and
compressor top level operating modes.
A setpoint numeric panel contains a label with the setpoint
description, a Default button, a text field with a unit label,
and a slider.
The Hours and Starts tab displays the number a hours
(total) a compressor has run and the number of times the
compressor has started.This window plays a key role in
evaluating maintenance requirements.
The Default button changes the setpoint to the product's
factory setting.The text field and slider are updated when
the change is complete.
Upon successful Local ConnectTech View will display
UNIT VIEW, as shown in Figure 38, p. 89.
You can change a setpoint with the text field or with the
slider. When you click on the entry field, the change
setpoint dialog displays to coordinate the setpoint change.
Compressor Service View
Compressor View provides convenient access to service
functions for pumping down circuits and test starting
compressors. Various operational lockouts allow
operation of rest of chiller while others are awaiting repair.
See Figure 39, p. 90.
You can change the display units for a setpoint by clicking
on the unit label next to the entry field.
Change Setpoint
The change setpoint window allows you to enter a new
value for the setpoint into a text field. If the entered value
is outside the given range, the background turns red.
Status View
Status View displays, in real time, all non-setpoint data
organized by subsystem tabs. As data changes on the
Table 62. Setpoints view items
Tab
Text
Min
Value
Chiller
Front Panel Display Units
English, SI
Chiller
Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint
10
(-12.22)
Chiller
Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint
60
120
120
Percent
Chiller
Differential to Stop
0.5
(0.2777)
2.5
(1.388)
2.0
(1.111)
Differential Temp
Deg F(C)
Chiller
Differential to Start
1.0
(0.555)
30
(16.666)
2
(1.111)
Differential Temp
Deg F(C)
Chiller
Leaving Water Temp Cutout
0.0
(-17.78)
36.0
(2.22)
36.0
(2.22)
Temp Deg F(C)
Chiller
Low Refrigerant Temp Cutout
-5.0
(-20.56)
36.0
(2.22)
28.0
(-2.22)
Temp Deg F(C)
Chiller
Front Panel Condenser Limit Setpoint
80
120
90
Percent
Chiller
Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint
-10
(-23.333)
70
(21.111)
25
(-3.89)
Temp Deg F(C)
Chiller
Low Ambient Lockout
Enable, Disable
Enable
Enabled / Disabled
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Max Value
65
(18.33)
Default Value
Unit Type
English
Display Units
44
(6.67)
Temp Deg F(C)
85
Controls Interface
Table 62. Setpoints view items (continued)
Tab
Text
Min
Value
Max Value
Default Value
Unit Type
31
(-0.56)
31
(-0.56)
Temp Deg F(C)
Enabled / Disabled
Chiller
Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint
20
(-6.67)
Chiller
External Ice Building Input
Enable, Disable
Disable
Chiller
Under/Over Voltage Protection
Enable, Disable
Disable
Enabled / Disabled
Chiller
Local Atmospheric Pressure
9.93
(68.5)
16.0
(110.3)
14.7
(101.3)
Absolute Pressure
psia(Kpa)
Chiller
Design Delta Temperature
4
(2.22)
30
(16.666)
10
(5.6)
Differential Temp
Deg F(C)
Chiller
Reset Type
None, Return, Outdoor,
Constant Return
None
RstTyp
Chiller
Return Reset Ratio
10
120
50
Percent
Chiller
Return Start Reset
4.0
(2.22)
30.0
(16.666)
10.0
(5.56)
Differential Temp
Deg F(C)
Chiller
Return Maximum Reset
0
20
(11.11)
5.0
(2.78)
Differential Temp
Deg F(C)
Chiller
Outdoor Reset Ratio
-80
80
10
Percent
Chiller
Outdoor Start Reset
50
(10)
130
(54.44)
90
(32.22)
Temp Deg F(C)
Chiller
Outdoor Maximum Reset
0
20
(11.11)
5
(2.78)
Differential Temp
Deg F(C)
Chiller
External Chilled Water Setpoint
Enable, Disable
Disable
Enabled / Disabled
Chiller
External Current Limit Setpoint
Enable, Disable
Disable
Enabled / Disabled
Chiller
Evaporator Water Pump Off Delay
0
Chiller
Chilled Water Setpoint Filter Settling Time 30
Chiller
Compressor Staging Deadband
0.4
(0.222)
Diagnostics View
See Figure 42, p. 90.This window lists the active and
inactive (history) diagnostics.There can be up to 60
diagnostics, both active and historic. For example, if there
were 5 active diagnostics, the possible number of historic
diagnostics would be 55.You can also reset active
diagnostics here, (i.e., transfer active diagnostics to
history and allow the chiller to regenerate any active
diagnostics).
Resetting the active diagnostics may cause the chiller to
resume operation.
The Active and History diagnostics have separate tabs. A
button to reset the active diagnostics displays when either
tab is selected.
30
1
Minutes
1800
200
Seconds
4.0
(2.222)
0.05
(0.2778)
Differential Temp
Deg F(C)
appropriate steps are taken to monitor required inputs and
control necessary outputs.
Any changes made in the ConfigurationView, on any of the
tabs, will modify the chiller configuration when you click
on the Load Configuration button (located at the base of
the window).The Load Configuration button uploads the
new configuration settings into the main processor.
Any changes made to the configuration will change the
unit model number and the confirmation code (CRC). If
changes are made to the unit configuration the new model
number and CRC should be recorded.
Selecting the Undo All button will undo any configuration
setting changes made during the presentTechView
connection and since the last time the Load Configuration
button was selected.
Configuration View
See Figure 43, p. 91.This view displays the active
configuration and allows you to make changes.
Configuration View allows you to define the chiller's
components, ratings, and configuration settings.These
are all values that determine the required installed
devices, and how the chiller application is run in the main
processor. For example, a user may set an option to be
installed with Configuration View, which will require
devices to be bound using Binding View. And when the
main processor runs the chiller application, the
86
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Table 63. Configuration View Items
Tab
Item
Default
Feature Basic Product Line
Unit Nominal Capacity
Description
RTAC - Air Cooled Series R Chiller
120
130
140
155
170
185
200
225
250
275
300
350
375
400
450
500
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Tons
Unit Voltage
A - 200V/60Hz/3Ph power
C - 230V/60Hz/3Ph power
J - 380V/60Hz/3Ph power
D - 400V/50Hz/3Ph power
4 - 460V/60Hz/3Ph power
5 - 575V/60Hz/3Ph power
Manufacturing Location
U - Water Chiller Business Unit - Pueblo
E - Epinal Business Unit -Charmes
Design Sequence
XX - Factory/ABU Assigned
Unit Type
N - Standard Efficiency/Performance
H - High Efficiency/Performance
A - Extra Efficiency/Performance
Agency Listing
N - No agency listing
U - C/UL listing
Pressure Vessel Code
A - ASME pressure vessel code
C - Canadian code
D - Australian code
L - Chinese code
R - Vietnamese code
S - Special
Evaporator Temperature Range & Application Type
F - Standard Temperature with Freeze Protection
R - Rem Evap, Std Temp, No Freeze Protection
G - Low Temp, with Freeze Protection
Evaporator Configuration
N - Standard 2 pass arrangement, insulated
P -3 pass arrangement, insulated
Condenser Temperature Range
N - Standard ambient 25-115°F
H - High ambient 25-125°F
L - Low ambient 0-115°F
W - Wide ambient 0-125°F
Condenser Fin Material
1 - Standard aluminum slit fins
2 - Copper fins, non-slit fins
4 - Complete Coat aluminum fins
Feature Condenser Fan/Motor Configuration
T - Standard fans, TEAO motors
W - Low Noise fans
Compressor Motor Starter Type
X - Across-the-line
Y - Wye-delta closed transition
Incoming Power Line Connection
1 -Single point
2 -Dual point (1/ckt)
Power Line Connection Type
T - Terminals only
D - Non-fused disconnect switch(es)
C - Circuit Breaker(s), HACR-rated
Unit Operator Interface
D -Dyna-View
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
87
Controls Interface
Table 63. Configuration View Items (continued)
Tab
Item
Default
Remote Interface
N -No remote input
R -Remote leaving water temp setpoint
C -Remote current limit setpoint
B -Remote leaving temp setpoint and remote current limit setpoint
Control Input Accessories/Options
Control Output Accessories/Options
N -No output options
A -Alarm relay
C -Icemaking
D -Icemaking and alarm relay
Short Circuit Rating
0 - No short circuit withstand rating
5 -Default short circuit rating
6 - High amp short circuit rating
Control Panel Accessories
N - No convenience outlet
A - 15A 115V convenience outlet (60HZ)
Refrigerant Service Valves
0 - No suction services valves
1 - Suction service valves
Compressor Sound Attenuator Option
0 - No sound attenuator
1 - Factory installed sound attenuator
Appearance Options
N - No appearance options
A - Architectural louvered panels
C - Half Louvers
P - Painted unit
L - Painted unit with full louvered panels
H - Painted unit with half louvered panels
K - Painted unit with access guards
W - Painted w/access guards and half louvers
N - No installation accessories
R - Neoprene Isolators
F - Flanged water connection kit
G - Neoprene isolators and flange wtr conn kit
Features Installation Accessories
Factory Test
0 - No factory run test
Control, Label, and Literature
Language
E - English
G - Chinese
Special Order
X - Standard catalog configuration
S - Unit has special order feature
Custom Comm 3 ICS address
Status Relay #1 J2-10,11,12
Chiller Running
Status Relay #3 J2-4,5,6
Maximum Capacity
Status Relay #4 J2-1,2,3
Chiller Limit Mode
Phase Unbalance Trip
30
Phase Unbalance Grace Period
90
Starter Feature
External Chilled Water Setpoint
Detection
External Current Limit Water
Setpoint Detection
Custom Unit Voltage
88
55
Alarm - Latching
Status Relay #2 J2-7,8,9
Maximum Acceleration Time
Nameplate
Description
N - No remote interface
C - Tracer Comm 3 interface
B - BACnet communication interface
L -Lon Talk Communication interface (LCI)
3
All Enabled
1-64 REM = C
None, Alarm - Latching (Active diagnostic persistence latching), Alarm - Auto reset
(Active diagnostic persistence non-latching), Alarm (Active diagnostic persistence
latching or non-latching), Alarm Ckt1 (Active diagnostic persistence latching or nonlatching), Alarm Ckt2 (Active diagnostic persistence latching or non-latching),
Chiller Limit Mode (With 20 minute filter), Circuit 1 Running, Circuit 2 Running, Max
Capacity
COOP = A, D or X
10-50%
30-255 Sec
1-255 Sec
Contactor Integrity Test, Phase Reversal Detect, Phase Unbalance Detect
2-10 VD
2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA CIOP = C or B
2-10 VDC
2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA CIOP = C or B
400
380,400,415 VOLT = D
• The Model Number field contains the model number stored in the DynaView.
• The Confirm Code field contains the confirm code stored in the DynaView. The confirm code is a four-digit hex value that is a mathematical
calculation of the model number. This number has one to one correlation to a specific model number and is used to verify that the model
number was entered properly.
• The Serial Number field contains the serial number stored in the DynaView.
• This model number and confirmation code must be know when the main processor requires replacement.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Software View
Replacing or Adding Devices
See Figure 44, p. 91. Software view allows you to verify the
version of chiller software currently running and
download a new version of chiller software to DynaView.
If a device is communicating but incorrectly configured, it
might not be necessary to replace it. If the problem with
the device is related to communication, attempt to rebind
it, and if the device becomes correctly configured, it will
then communicate properly.
You can also add up to two available languages to load into
the DynaView. Loading an alternate language file allows
the DynaView to display its text in the selected alternate
language, English will always be available.
Binding View
See Figure 45, p. 91. BindingView allows you to assess the
status of the network and all the devices connected as a
whole, or the status of individual devices by using status
icons and function buttons.
Binding View is essentially a table depicting what devices
and options are actually discovered on the network bus
(and their communication status) versus what is required
to support the configuration defined by the feature codes
and categories. Binding View allows you to add, remove,
modify, verify, and reassign devices and options in order
to match the configuration requirements.
Whenever a device is installed, it must be correctly
configured to communicate and function as intended.This
process is called binding. Some features of Binding View
are intended to serve a second purpose; that is diagnosing
problems with communication among the devices.
If a device that needs to be replaced is still communicating,
it should be unbound. Otherwise, it will be necessary to
rebuild the CH530 network image for Binding View to
discover that it has been removed. An unbound device
stops communicating and allows a new device to be
bound in its place.
It is good practice to turn the power off while detaching
and attaching devices to the CH530 network. Be sure to
keep power on the service tool computer. After power is
restored to the CH530 network, the reconnect function in
BindingView restores communication with the network. If
the service tool computer is turned off, you must restart
TechView and Binding View.
If a device is not communicating, the binding function
displays a window to request manual selection of the
device to be bound. Previously-selected devices are
deselected when the function starts. When manual
selection is confirmed, exactly one device must be
selected; if it is the correct type, it is bound. If the desired
device cannot be selected or if multiple devices are
accidentally selected, you can close the manual selection
window by clicking on No and repeat the bind function.
Figure 38. Unit view
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
89
Controls Interface
Figure 39. Compressor service view
Figure 40. Status view
Figure 41.
Setpoint view(a)
(a) Screenshot is representation only. Values shown may not correspond to actual min/max levels in Table 62, p. 85.
Figure 42. Diagnostic view
90
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Controls Interface
Figure 43. Configuration view
Figure 44. Software view
Figure 45. Binding view
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
91
Pre-Start Checkout
Upon completion of installation, complete the RTAC Series
R® Air-Cooled Chiller Installation Completion Check Sheet
and Request forTrane Service checklist in chapter “Log
and Check Sheet,” p. 124.
Important:
92
Start-up must be performed byTrane or an
agent ofTrane specifically authorized to
perform start-up and warranty ofTrane
products. Contractor shall provideTrane (or
an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to
perform start-up) with notice of the
scheduled start-up at least two weeks prior
to the scheduled start-up.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Start-Up and Shutdown
Important:
Initial unit commissioning start-up must be
performed byTrane or an agent ofTrane
specifically authorized to perform start-up
and warranty ofTrane products. Contractor
shall provideTrane (or an agent ofTrane
specifically authorized to perform start-up)
with notice of the scheduled start-up at least
two weeks prior to the scheduled start-up.
NOTICE:
Compressor Damage!
Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if
the oil line shut off valve or the isolation valves are left
closed on unit start-up
The time line for sequence of operation is shown in
Figure 46, p. 96 and Figure 47, p. 98 and depicts the
nominal delays and sequences that a chiller would
experience during a typical operational cycle.The time
line begins with a power up of the main power to the
chiller.The sequence assumes a 2 circuit, 2 compressor aircooled RTAC chiller with no diagnostics or malfunctioning
components. External events such as the operator placing
the chiller in Auto or Stop, chilled water flow through the
evaporator, and application of load to the chilled water
loop causing loop water temperature increases are
depicted and the chillers responses to those events are
shown, with appropriate delays noted.The effects of
diagnostics, and other external interlocks other than
evaporator water flow proving, are not considered.
5. Press the AUTO key. If the chiller control calls for
cooling and all safety interlocks are closed, the unit will
start.The compressor(s) will load and unload in
response to the leaving chilled water temperature.
Note: Unless the CH530TechView and building
automation system are controlling the chilled
water pump, the manual unit start sequence is as
follows. Operator actions are noted.
2. Check the EXV sight glasses after sufficient time has
elapsed to stabilize the chiller.The refrigerant flow past
the sight glasses should be clear. Bubbles in the
refrigerant indicate either low refrigerant charge or
excessive pressure drop in the liquid line or a stuck
open expansion valve. A restriction in the line can
sometimes be identified by a noticeable temperature
differential between the two sides of the restriction.
Frost will often form on the line at this point. Proper
refrigerant charges are shown in the General
Information Section.
NOTICE:
Compressor Damage!
Ensure that the compressor and oil separator heaters
have been operating for a minimum of 24 hours before
starting. Failure to do so could result in equipment
damage.
Unit Start-Up
If the pre-start checkout, has been completed, the unit is
ready to start.
1. Press the STOP key on the CH530.
2. As necessary, adjust the setpoint values in the CH530
menus usingTechView.
3. Close the fused-disconnect switch for the chilled water
pump. Energize the pump(s) to start water circulation.
4. Check the service valves on the discharge line, suction
line, oil line and liquid line for each circuit.These valves
must be open (backseated) before starting the
compressors.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
6. Verify that the chilled water pump runs for at least one
minute after the chiller is commanded to stop (for
normal chilled water systems).
Once the system has been operating for approximately 30
minutes and has become stabilized, complete the
remaining start-up procedures, as follows:
1. Check the evaporator refrigerant pressure and the
condenser refrigerant pressure under Refrigerant
Report on the CH530TechView.The pressures are
referenced to sea level (14.6960 psia).
Important: A clear sight glass alone does not mean that
the system is properly charged. Also check
system subcooling, liquid level control and
unit operating pressures.
3. Measure the system subcooling.
4. A shortage of refrigerant is indicated if operating
pressures are low and subcooling is also low. If the
operating pressures, sight glass, superheat and
subcooling readings indicate a refrigerant shortage,
gas-charge refrigerant into each circuit, as required.
With the unit running, add refrigerant vapor by
connecting the charging line to the suction service
valve and charging through the backseat port until
operating conditions become normal.
93
Start-Up and Shutdown
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
If both suction and discharge pressures are low but subcooling is normal, a problem other than refrigerant
shortage exists. Do not add refrigerant, as this could
result in overcharging the circuit.
Use only refrigerants specified on the unit nameplate
(HFC 134a) and Trane OIL00048. Failure to do so may
cause compressor damage and improper unit operation.
Temporary Shutdown and Restart
To shut the unit down for a short time, use the following
procedure:
1. Press the STOP key on the CH530.The compressors
will continue to operate and, after an unloading period
(which may be followed by pumpdown cycle in
outdoor ambients below 50oF), will stop when the
compressor contactors de-energize.
2. CH530 pump control will turn off the pump (after a
minimum 1 min. delay) when the STOP key is pressed
and automatically restart the pump when the unit
starts normally.
3. The unit will start normally, provided the following
conditions exist:
a. The CH530 receives a call for cooling and the
differential-to-start is above the setpoint.
b. All system operating interlocks and safety circuits
are satisfied.
Extended Shutdown Procedure
The following procedure is to be followed if the system is
to be taken out of service for an extended period of time,
e.g. seasonal shutdown:
1. Test the unit for refrigerant leaks and repair as
necessary.
is wrapped around the bundle itself.They are
energized by a klixon temperature control mounted on
the side of the evaporator, which energizes at or below
37oF. outside air temp. If there is no liquid in the
evaporator and the temp drops below 37 degrees, both
of the well heaters will burn up because they have no
liquid to transfer their heat into.
5. Open the unit main electrical disconnect and unitmounted disconnect (if installed) and lock on the
“OPEN” position. If the optional control power
transformer is not installed, open and lock the 115V
disconnect.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
If insufficient concentration or no glycol is used, the
evaporator water pumps must be controlled by the
CH530 to avoid severe damage to the evaporator due to
freezing. A power loss of 15 minutes during freezing
can damage the evaporator. It is the responsibility of
the installing contractor and/or the customer to ensure
that a pump will start when called upon by the chiller
controls.
Please consult Table 42, p. 54 for correct concentration
of glycol.
The warranty will be void, in case of freezing due to the
lack of use of either of these protections
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
Lock the disconnects in the “OPEN” position to
prevent accidental start-up and damage to the system
when it has been setup for extended shutdown.
6. At least every three months (quarterly), check the
refrigerant pressure in the unit to verify that the
refrigerant charge is intact.
2. Open the electrical disconnect switches for the chilled
water pump. Lock the switches in the “OPEN” position.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
To prevent pump damage, lock the chilled water pump
disconnects open.
3. Close all chilled water supply valves. Drain the water
from the evaporator.
4. With the water drained from evaporator, the
“customer provided” power for the 120-volt
evaporator heaters (terminated at 1TB4...terminals 1 &
2) must be must disconnect.
These heaters consist of 1 well heater in each
evaporator end (or water box), and the heat tape, which
94
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Start-Up and Shutdown
Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure
1. Close all valves and re-install the drain plugs in the
evaporator.
2. Service the auxiliary equipment according to the startup/maintenance instructions provided by the
respective equipment manufacturers.
3. Close the vents in the evaporator chilled water circuits.
4. Open all the valves in the evaporator chilled water
circuits.
5. Open all refrigerant valves to verify they are in the
open condition.
6. If the evaporator was previously drained, vent and fill
the evaporator and chilled water circuit. When all air is
removed from the system (including each pass), install
the vent plugs in the evaporator water boxes.
7.
Check the adjustment and operation of each safety and
operating control.
8. Close all disconnect switches.
9. Refer to the sequence for daily unit startup for the
remainder of the seasonal startup.
System Restart After Extended
Shutdown
NOTICE:
Proper Water Treatment!
The use of untreated or improperly treated water in
this equipment could result in scaling, erosion,
corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the
services of a qualified water treatment specialist be
engaged to determine what water treatment, if any, is
required. Trane assumes no responsibility for
equipment failures which result from untreated or
improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water.
4. Close the fused-disconnect switches that provides
power to the chilled water pump.
5. Start the evaporator water pump and, while water is
circulating, inspect all piping for leakage. Make any
necessary repairs before starting the unit.
6. While the water is circulating, adjust the water flows
and check the water pressure drops through the
evaporator. Refer to “Water System Flow Rates” and
“Water System Pressure Drop”.
7. Adjust the flow switch on the evaporator piping for
proper operation.
8. Stop the water pump.The unit is now ready for startup as described in “Start-Up Procedures”.
Follow the procedures below to restart the unit after
extended shutdown:
1. Verify that the liquid line service valves, oil line,
compressor discharge service valves and suction
service valves are open (backseated).
NOTICE:
Compressor Damage!
Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if
the oil line shut off valve or the isolation valves are left
closed on unit start-up.
2. Check the oil separator oil level (see Maintenance
Procedures section).
3. Fill the evaporator water circuit. Vent the system while
it is being filled. Open the vent on the top of the
evaporator and condenser while filling and close when
filling is completed.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
95
Start-Up and Shutdown
Sequence of Operation
Figure 46. Sequence of operations
96
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Start-Up and Shutdown
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
97
Start-Up and Shutdown
Figure 47.
98
Sequence of operations
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Start-Up and Shutdown
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
99
Maintenance
Perform all maintenance procedures and inspections at
the recommended intervals.This will prolong the life of
the chiller and minimize the possibility of costly failures.
Use the “Operator’s Log”, such as that show in chapter
“Log and Check Sheet,” p. 124 to record an operating
history for unit.The log serves as a valuable diagnostic
tool for service personnel. By observing trends in
operating conditions, an operator can anticipate and
prevent problem situations before they occur. If unit does
not operate properly during maintenance inspections, see
“Diagnostics,” p. 103.
After unit has been operating for approximately 30
minutes and system has stabilized, check the operating
conditions and complete procedures below:
Weekly
While unit is running in stable conditions.
1. Check MP pressure for evaporator, condenser and
intermediate oil.
6. Clean and repaint any areas that show signs of
corrosion.
7.
Clean the condenser coils.
WARNING
Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote
disconnects and discharge all motor start/run
capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/
tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be
inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives
or other energy storing components provided by Trane
or others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer’s
literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of
capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
capacitors have discharged. Failure to disconnect
power and discharge capacitors before servicing could
result in death or serious injury.
For additional information regarding the safe discharge
of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN
2. Observe liquid line sight glass on EXV.
3. If liquid line sight glass has bubbles measure the
subcooling entering the EXV.The subcooling should
never be less than 4°F under any circumstances.
Important: A clear sightglass alone does not mean that
the system is properly charged. Also check
the rest of the system operating conditions.
8. Check and tighten all electrical connections as
necessary.
Refrigerant and Oil Charge
Management
4. Inspect the entire system for unusual conditions and
inspect the condenser coils for dirt and debris. If the
coils are dirty, refer to coil cleaning.
Proper oil and refrigerant charge is essential for proper
unit operation, unit performance, and environmental
protection. Only trained and licensed service personnel
should service the chiller.
Monthly
Table 64 lists baseline measurements for RTAC units
running at AHRI standard operating conditions. If chiller
measurements vary significantly from values listed below,
problems may exist with refrigerant and oil charge levels.
Contact your localTrane office.
1. Perform all weekly maintenance procedures.
2. Record the system subcooling.
3. Make any repairs necessary.
Annual
Note: Low temperature applications units will have
values that vary from Table 64. Contact your local
Trane office for more information.
1. Perform all weekly and monthly procedures.
Table 64.
Typical RTAC baselines (AHRI conditions)
2. Check oil sump oil level while unit is off.
Measurement
Baseline
Note: Routine changing of oil is not required. Use an oil
analysis to determine condition of oil.
Evaporator Pressure
49.5 psia
Evaporator Approach
3.5°F
3. Have a qualified laboratory perform a compressor oil
analysis to determine system moisture content and
acid level.This analysis is a valuable diagnostic tool.
EXV Position
45-50%
4. Contact a qualified service organization to leak test the
chiller, to check operating and safety controls, and to
inspect electrical components for deficiencies.
5. Inspect all piping components for leakage and
damage. Clean out any inline strainers.
100
Evaporator - entering
54°
Evaporator - leaving
44°
Discharge Superheat
26.6°F
Condenser Pressure
226 psia
Subcooling
18-23°F
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Maintenance
Lubrication System
and the unit is in vacuum so that there is no refrigerant
dissolved in the oil.
The lubrication system has been designed to keep most of
the oil lines filled with oil as long as there is a proper oil
level in the oil sump.
Oil Sump Level Check
3. After the unit has run for a while, the oil level in the
sump can vary greatly. However, if the unit has run
“normal” conditions for a long time the level should
resemble the level in the above chart.
• +1” to – 4” (25 to -101mm) is acceptable
Oil system consists of the following components:
•
Compressor
•
Oil separator
•
Discharge line with service valve
•
Oil line from separator to compressor
•
Oil line drain (lowest point in system)
•
Oil cooler - optional
•
Oil temperature sensor
•
Oil line shut off valve with flare service connection
•
Oil filter (internal to compressor) with flare fitting
service connection and schrader valve
•
Oil flow control valve (internal to the compressor after
the filter)
•
Oil return line from evaporator with shut off valve and
strainer
Important:
If levels are outside these ranges, contact
your localTrane office.
Condenser Maintenance
Condenser Coil Cleaning
WARNING
Hazardous Chemicals!
Refer to Table 1, p. 10 throughTable 10, p. 19 for the
standard oil charge for each circuit.
Note: It is recommended to check the oil level in the sump
using a sight glass or a manometer, attached to
charging hoses.
Table 65. Oil charging data
Coil cleaning agents can be either acidic or highly
alkaline and can burn severely if contact with skin
occurs. Handle chemical carefully and avoid contact
with skin. ALWAYS wear Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) including goggles or face shield, chemical
resistant gloves, boots, apron or suit as required. For
personal safety refer to the cleaning agent
manufacturer’s Materials Safety Data Sheet and follow
all recommended safe handling practices. Failure to
follow all safety instructions could result in death or
serious injury.
Clean the condenser coils at least once a year or more
frequently if the unit is in a “dirty” environment. A clean
condenser coil will help to maintain chiller operating
efficiency. Follow the detergent manufacturer's
instructions to avoid damaging the condenser coils.
Circuit
(Tons)
Approximate sump oil
level after running
“normal” conditions
(in)
Normal quantity of oil in
refrigeration system
(evaporator/
condenser)
lb (gal)
To clean the condenser coils use a soft brush and a sprayer
such as a garden pump type or a high-pressure type. A
high quality detergent such asTrane Coil Cleaner (Part No.
CHM-00255) is recommended.
70
7
1.1 (0.14)
85
6
1.1 (0.14)
Note: If detergent mixture is strongly alkaline (pH value
greater than 8.5, an inhibitor must be added).
100
7
1.8 (0.23)
120
7
1.8 (0.23)
170
8
3.5 (0.44)
200
8
3.5 (0.44)
240
8
3.5 (0.44)
1. To measure oil level, use the oil drain valve on the oil
line and a service valve on the discharge line.This
measurement can only be made when the circuit is not
running.
Note: The level is measured from the bottom of the
separator and 1” must be subtracted for the
thickness of the bottom plate.
2. The initial oil charge should be approximately at the
level in the above chart.This is the approximate oil
level if all the oil is in the oil lines, filter and oil sump
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
101
Maintenance
Travel Restraint
WARNING
Falling Off Equipment!
This unit is built with fall restraint slots located on unit
top that MUST be used during servicing. These slots are
to be used with fall restraint equipment that will not
allow an individual to reach the unit edge. However
such equipment will NOT prevent falling to the ground,
for they are NOT designed to withstand the force of a
falling individual. Failure to use fall restraint slots and
equipment could result in individual falling off the unit
which could result in death or serious injury.
This unit is built with travel restraint slots located on unit
top that must be used during servicing. See Figure 48.
Figure 48. Roof view - travel restraint slots
Travel Restraint Slots
102
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Legend to Diagnostics Table
Legacy Hex Code: 3 digit hexadecimal code used on all
past products to uniquely identify diagnostics.
Diagnostic Name and Source: Name of Diagnostic and
its source. Note that this is the exact text used in the User
Interface and/or ServiceTool displays.
Affects Target: Defines the “target” or what is affected
by the diagnostic. Usually either the entire Chiller, or a
particular Circuit or Compressor is affected by the
diagnostic (the same one as the source), but in special
cases functions are modified or disabled by the diagnostic.
None implies that there is no direct affect to the chiller, sub
components or functional operation.
Severity: Defines the severity of the above effect.
Immediate means immediate shutdown of the effected
portion, Normal means normal or friendly shutdown of
the effected portion, Special Mode means a special mode
of operation (limp along) is invoked, but without
shutdown, and Info means an Informational Note or
Warning is generated.
Persistence: Defines whether or not the diagnostic and
its effects are to be manually reset (Latched), or can be
either manually or automatically reset (Nonlatched).
Active Modes [Inactive Modes]: States the modes or
periods of operation that the diagnostic is active in and, as
necessary, those modes or periods that it is specifically not
active in as an exception to the active modes.The inactive
modes are enclosed in brackets, [ ]. Note that the modes
used in this column are internal and not generally
annunciated to any of the formal mode displays
Criteria: Quantitatively defines the criteria used in
generating the diagnostic and, if nonlatching, the criteria
for auto reset. If more explanation is necessary a hot link
to the Functional Specification is used.
Reset Level: Defines the lowest level of manual
diagnostic reset command which can clear the diagnostic.
The manual diagnostic reset levels in order of priority are:
Local or Remote. For example, a diagnostic that has a
reset level of Remote, can be reset by either a remote
diagnostic reset command or by a local diagnostic reset
command.
HelpText: Provides for a brief description of what kind of
problems might cause this diagnostic to occur. Both
control system component related problems as well as
chiller application related problems are addressed (as can
possibly be anticipated).These help messages will be
updated with accumulated field experience with the
chillers.
Starter Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics
Active
Modes
Diagnostic Name Affects
[Inactive
and Source
Target Severity Persistence Modes]
Motor Current
Overload Compressor 1A
Motor Current
Overload Compressor 1B
Motor Current
Overload Compressor 2A
Motor Current
Overload Compressor 2B
Circuit Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Energized
Circuit Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Energized
Circuit Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Energized
Circuit Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Energized
Over Voltage
Chiller
Normal
NonLatch
Phase Loss Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Reset
Level
Criteria
Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip
characteristic. For A/C products Must trip = 140% RLA,
hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip
characteristic. For A/C products Must trip = 140% RLA,
hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip
characteristic. For A/C products Must trip = 140% RLA,
hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip
characteristic. For A/C products Must trip = 140% RLA,
hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Must
Local
Must
Local
Must
Local
Must
Local
Pre-Start and
Nom. trip: 60 seconds at greater than 112.5%, 2.5%, Auto Reset
Any Ckt(s)
Remote
at 109% or less.
Energzd
a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer
inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss
Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold =
Start
20% RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than
Sequence guaranteed reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds
Local
and Run
maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
modes
time is 2.64 seconds. b) If Phase reversal protection is enabled
and current is not sensed on one or more current transformer
inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum of 0.3 second from
compressor start.
103
Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics (continued)
Active
Modes
Diagnostic Name Affects
[Inactive
and Source
Target Severity Persistence Modes]
Phase Loss Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Start
Sequence
and Run
modes
Phase Loss Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Start
Sequence
and Run
modes
Phase Loss Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Start
Sequence
and Run
modes
Phase Reversal Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Phase Reversal Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Phase Reversal Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Phase Reversal Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Power Loss Compressor 1A
104
Cprsr
Immediate
NonLatch
Compressor
energized to
transition
command
[All Other
Times]
Compressor
energized to
transition
command
[All Other
Times]
Compressor
energized to
transition
command
[All Other
Times]
Compressor
energized to
transition
command
[All Other
Times]
All
compressor
running
modes
[all
compressor
starting and
non-running
modes]
Reset
Level
Criteria
a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer
inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss
Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold =
20% RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than
guaranteed reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds
maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
time is 2.64 seconds. b) If Phase reversal protection is enabled
and current is not sensed on one or more current transformer
inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum of 0.3 second from
compressor start
a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer
inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss
Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold =
20% RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than
guaranteed reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds
maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
time is 2.64 seconds. b) If Phase reversal protection is enabled
and current is not sensed on one or more current transformer
inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum of 0.3 second from
compressor start
a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer
inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss
Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold =
20% RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than
guaranteed reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds
maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
time is 2.64 seconds. b) If Phase reversal protection is enabled
and current is not sensed on one or more current transformer
inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum of 0.3 second from
compressor start
Local
Local
Local
A phase reversal was detected on the incoming current. On a
compressor startup the phase reversal logic must detect and trip
in a maximum of .3 second from compressor start.
Local
A phase reversal was detected on the incoming current. On a
compressor startup the phase reversal logic must detect and trip
in a maximum of .3 second from compressor start.
Local
A phase reversal was detected on the incoming current. On a
compressor startup the phase reversal logic must detect and trip
in a maximum of .3 second from compressor start.
Local
A phase reversal was detected on the incoming current. On a
compressor startup the phase reversal logic must detect and trip
in a maximum of .3 second from compressor start.
Local
The compressor had previously established currents while
running and then all three phases of current were lost. Design:
Less than 10% RLA, trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will
preclude the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete
Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
diagnostic from occurring with the intended disconnect of main
power, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the
guaranteed reset time of the Starter module. Note: This
Remote
diagnostic prevents nuisance latching diagnostics due to a
momentary power loss - It does not protect motor/compressor
from uncontrolled power reapplication. See Momentary Power
Loss Diagnostic for this protection. This diagnostic is not active
during the start mode before the transition complete input is
proven. Thus a random power loss during a start would result in
either a “Starter Fault Type 3" or a “Starter Did Not Transition”
latching diagnostic.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics (continued)
Active
Modes
Diagnostic Name Affects
[Inactive
and Source
Target Severity Persistence Modes]
Power Loss Compressor 1B
Power Loss Compressor 2A
Power Loss Compressor 2B
Severe Current
Imbalance Compressor 1A
Severe Current
Imbalance Compressor 1B
Severe Current
Imbalance Compressor 2A
Severe Current
Imbalance Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Cprsr
Cprsr
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
NonLatch
NonLatch
NonLatch
All
compressor
running
modes
[all
compressor
starting and
non-running
modes]
All
compressor
running
modes
[all
compressor
starting and
non-running
modes]
All
compressor
running
modes
[all
compressor
starting and
non-running
modes]
Criteria
Reset
Level
The compressor had previously established currents while
running and then all three phases of current were lost. Design:
Less than 10% RLA, trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will
preclude the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete
Remote
Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
diagnostic from occurring with the intended disconnect of main
power, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the
guaranteed reset time of the Starter module.
The compressor had previously established currents while
running and then all three phases of current were lost. Design:
Less than 10% RLA, trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will
preclude the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete
Remote
Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
diagnostic from occurring with the intended disconnect of main
power, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the
guaranteed reset time of the Starter module.
The compressor had previously established currents while
running and then all three phases of current were lost. Design:
Less than 10% RLA, trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will
preclude the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete
Remote
Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
diagnostic from occurring with the intended disconnect of main
power, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the
guaranteed reset time of the Starter module.
Circuit Immediate
Latch
All Running A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase
Modes
relative to the average of all 3 phases for 90 continuous seconds.
Local
Circuit Immediate
Latch
All Running A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase
Modes
relative to the average of all 3 phases for 90 continuous seconds.
Local
Circuit Immediate
Latch
All Running A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase
Local
Modes
relative to the average of all 3 phases for 90 continuous seconds
Circuit Immediate
Latch
All Running A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase
Local
Modes
relative to the average of all 3 phases for 90 continuous seconds.
Starter 1A Dry Run
Test
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter 1B Dry Run
Test
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter 2A Dry Run
Test
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter 2B Dry Run
Test
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Contactor
Interrupt Failure Compressor 2A
Chiller
Special
Mode
Latch
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50% Line Voltage was
Starter Dry
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10% RLA Current was
Run Mode
sensed at the Current Transformers.
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50% Line Voltage was
Starter Dry
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10% RLA Current was
Run Mode
sensed at the Current Transformers.
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50% Line Voltage was
Starter Dry
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10% RLA Current was
Run Mode
sensed at the Current Transformers.
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50% Line Voltage was
Starter Dry
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10% RLA Current was
Run Mode
sensed at the Current Transformers.
Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all
phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time
Starter
shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On
Contactor
detection and until the controller is manually reset: generate
not
diagnostic, energize the appropriate alarm relay, continue to
Energized
energize the Evap Pump Output, continue to command the
[Starter
affected compressor off, fully unload the effected compressor and
Contactor
command a normal stop to all other compressors. For as long as
Energized]
current continues, perform liquid level and fan control on the
circuit effected.
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
105
Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics (continued)
Active
Modes
Diagnostic Name Affects
[Inactive
and Source
Target Severity Persistence Modes]
Starter Contactor
Interrupt Failure Compressor 1A
Starter Contactor
Interrupt Failure Compressor 1B
Chiller
Chiller
Special
Mode
Special
Mode
Latch
Starter
Contactor
not
Energized
[Starter
Contactor
Energized]
Latch
Starter
Contactor
not
Energized
[Starter
Contactor
Energized]
Starter Contactor
Interrupt Failure Compressor 2B
Chiller
Special
Mode
Latch
Starter
Contactor
not
Energized
[Starter
Contactor
Energized]
Starter Did Not
Transition Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
On the first
check after
transition.
Starter Did Not
Transition Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
On the first
check after
transition.
Starter Did Not
Transition Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
On the first
check after
transition.
Starter Did Not
Transition Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
On the first
check after
transition.
Starter Fault Type I Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starting - Y
Delta
Starters Only
Starter Fault Type I Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starting - Y
Delta
Starters Only
Starter Fault Type I Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starting - Y
Delta
Starters Only
106
Reset
Level
Criteria
Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all
phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time
shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On
detection and until the controller is manually reset: generate
diagnostic, energize the appropriate alarm relay, continue to
energize the Evap Pump Output, continue to command the
affected compressor off, fully unload the effected compressor and
command a normal stop to all other compressors. For as long as
current continues, perform liquid level and fan control on the
circuit effected.
Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all
phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time
shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On
detection and until the controller is manually reset: generate
diagnostic, energize the appropriate alarm relay, continue to
energize the Evap Pump Output, continue to command the
affected compressor off, fully unload the effected compressor and
command a normal stop to all other compressors. For as long as
current continues, perform liquid level and fan control on the
circuit effected.
Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all
phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time
shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On
detection and until the controller is manually reset: generate
diagnostic, energize the appropriate alarm relay, continue to
energize the Evap Pump Output, continue to command the
affected compressor off, fully unload the effected compressor and
command a normal stop to all other compressors. For as long as
current continues, perform liquid level and fan control on the
circuit effected.
The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in
the designated time from its command to transition. The must
hold time from the Starter Module transition command is 1
second. The Must trip time from the transition command is 6
seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line
Starters.
The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in
the designated time from its command to transition. The must
hold time from the Starter Module transition command is 1
second. The Must trip time from the transition command is 6
seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line
Starters.
The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in
the designated time from its command to transition. The must
hold time from the Starter Module transition command is 1
second. The Must trip time from the transition command is 6
seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line
Starters.
The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in
the designated time from its command to transition. The must
hold time from the Starter Module transition command is 1
second. The Must trip time from the transition command is 6
seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line
Starters.
This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a
check is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by
the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
start, then one of the other contactors is shorted.
This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a
check is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by
the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
start, then one of the other contactors is shorted.
This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a
check is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by
the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
start, then one of the other contactors is shorted.
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics (continued)
Active
Modes
Diagnostic Name Affects
[Inactive
and Source
Target Severity Persistence Modes]
Starter Fault Type I Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type II Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type II Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type II Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type II Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type III
- Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type III
- Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type III
- Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Starter Fault Type III
- Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Transition Complete
Input Opened Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Transition Complete
Input Opened Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Criteria
This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a
Starting - Y
check is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by
Delta
the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
Starters Only
start, then one of the other contactors is shorted.
a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor
(1K3) is individually energized and a check is made to ensure that
Starting All
there are no currents detected by the CT's. If current is detected
types of
when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
in a. above applies to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood
that many starters do not connect to the Shorting Contactor.).
a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor
(1K3) is individually energized and a check is made to ensure that
Starting - All
there are no currents detected by the CT's. If current is detected
types of
when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
in a. above applies to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood
that many starters do not connect to the Shorting Contactor.).
a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor
(1K3) is individually energized and a check is made to ensure that
Starting - All
there are no currents detected by the CT's. If current is detected
types of
when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
in a. above applies to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood
that many starters do not connect to the Shorting Contactor.).
a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor
(1K3) is individually energized and a check is made to ensure that
Starting - All
there are no currents detected by the CT's. If current is detected
types of
when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
in a. above applies to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood
that many starters do not connect to the Shorting Contactor.).
As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the
Starting
compressor, the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main
[Adaptive Contactor (1K1) were energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no
Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 Seconds on all three
Starter Type] phases. The test above applies to all forms of starters except
Adaptive Frequency Drives.
As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the
Starting
compressor, the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main
[Adaptive Contactor (1K1) were energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no
Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 seconds on all three
Starter Type] phases. The test above applies to all forms of starters except
Adaptive Frequency Drives.
As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the
Starting
compressor, the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main
[Adaptive Contactor (1K1) were energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no
Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 seconds on all three
Starter Type] phases. The test above applies to all forms of starters except
Adaptive Frequency Drives.
As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the
Starting
compressor, the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main
[Adaptive Contactor (1K1) were energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no
Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 seconds on all three
Starter Type] phases. The test above applies to all forms of starters except
Adaptive Frequency Drives.
The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the
compressor motor running after a successful completion of
transition. This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer,
All running
Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. To prevent this diagnostic
modes
from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
minimum time to trip must be greater than the trip time for the
power loss diagnostic.
The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the
compressor motor running after a successful completion of
transition. This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer,
All running
Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. To prevent this diagnostic
modes
from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
minimum time to trip must be greater than the trip time for the
power loss diagnostic.
Reset
Level
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
107
Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics (continued)
Active
Modes
Diagnostic Name Affects
[Inactive
and Source
Target Severity Persistence Modes]
Transition Complete
Input Opened Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Transition Complete
Input Opened Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Chiller
Normal
NonLatch
Transition Complete
Input Shorted Compressor 1A
Transition Complete
Input Shorted Compressor 1B
Transition Complete
Input Shorted Compressor 2A
Transition Complete
Input Shorted Compressor 2B
Under Voltage
Reset
Level
Criteria
The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the
compressor motor running after a successful completion of
transition. This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer,
All running
Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. To prevent this diagnostic Local
modes
from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
minimum time to trip must be greater than the trip time for the
power loss diagnostic.
The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the
compressor motor running after a successful completion of
transition. This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer,
All running
Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. To prevent this diagnostic Local
modes
from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
minimum time to trip must be greater than the trip time for the
power loss diagnostic.
The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the
Pre-Start compressor was started. This is active for all electromechanical Local
starters.
The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the
Pre-Start compressor was started. This is active for all electromechanical Local
starters.
The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the
Pre-Start compressor was started. This is active for all electromechanical Local
starters.
The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the
Pre-Start compressor was started. This is active for all electromechanical Local
starters.
Pre-Start and
Nom. trip: 60 seconds at less than 87.5%, 2.8% at 200V 1.8%
Any Ckt(s)
Remote
at 575V, Auto Reset at 90% or greater.
Energzd
Main Processor Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
BAS Communication
Lost
BAS Failed to
Establish
Communication
Check Clock
None
None
Chiller
Condenser Fan
All
Variable Speed
inverters
Drive Fault - Circuit on this
1 (Drive 1)
circuit
108
Special
Special
Info
Special
Mode
NonLatch
NonLatch
Latch
Latch
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
All
At power-up
All
Reset
Level
Criteria
The BAS was setup as “installed” at the MP and the Comm 3 llid
lost communications with the BAS for 15 contiguous minutes
after it had been established. Refer to Section on Setpoint
Arbitration to determine how setpoints and operating modes
Remote
may be effected by the comm loss. The chiller follows the value
of the Tracer Default Run Command which can be previously
written by Tracer and stored nonvolatilely by the MP (either use
local or shutdown).
The BAS was setup as “installed” and the BAS did not
communicate with the MP within 15 minutes after power-up.
Refer to Section on Setpoint Arbitration to determine how
setpoints and operating modes may be effected. Note: The
original requirement for this was 2 minutes, but was
implemented at 15 minutes for RTAC.
Remote
The real time clock had detected loss of its oscillator at some
time in the past. Check / replace battery? This diagnostic can be
effectively cleared only by writing a new value to the chiller's Remote
time clock using the TechView or DynaView's “set chiller time”
functions.
The MP has received a fault signal from the respective condenser
fan Variable Speed Inverter Drive, and unsuccessfully attempted
Prestart and
(5 times within 1 minute of each other) to clear the fault. The 4th
Running w/
attempt removes power from the inverter to create a power up
Remote
Variable Spd Fan reset. If the fault does not clear, the MP will revert to constant
enabled
speed operation without the use of the inverter's fan. The
inverter must be manually bypassed, and fan outputs rebound,
for full fixed speed fan operation.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
Condenser Fan
All
Variable Speed
inverters
Drive Fault - Circuit on this
1 Drive 2
circuit
Condenser Fan
All
Variable Speed
inverters
Drive Fault - Circuit on this
2 (Drive 1)
circuit
Condenser Fan
All
Variable Speed
inverters
Drive Fault - Circuit on this
2 (Drive 2)
circuit
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
Criteria
Reset
Level
Latch
The MP has received a fault signal from the respective condenser
fan Variable Speed Inverter Drive, and unsuccessfully attempted
Prestart and
(5 times within 1 minute of each other) to clear the fault. The 4th
Running w/
attempt removes power from the inverter to create a power up
Remote
Variable Spd Fan reset. If the fault does not clear, the MP will revert to constant
enabled
speed operation without the use of the inverter's fan. The
inverter must be manually bypassed, and fan outputs rebound,
for full fixed speed fan operation.
Latch
The MP has received a fault signal from the respective condenser
fan Variable Speed Inverter Drive, and unsuccessfully attempted
Prestart and
(5 times within 1 minute of each other) to clear the fault. The 4th
Running w/
attempt removes power from the inverter to create a power up
Remote
Variable Spd Fan reset. If the fault does not clear, the MP will revert to constant
enabled
speed operation without the use of the inverter's fan. The
inverter must be manually bypassed, and fan outputs rebound,
for full fixed speed fan operation.
Special
Mode
Latch
The MP has received a fault signal from the respective condenser
fan Variable Speed Inverter Drive, and unsuccessfully attempted
Prestart and
(5 times within 1 minute of each other) to clear the fault. The 4th
Running w/
attempt removes power from the inverter to create a power up
Remote
Variable Spd Fan reset. If the fault does not clear, the MP will revert to constant
enabled
speed operation without the use of the inverter's fan. The
inverter must be manually bypassed, and fan outputs rebound,
for full fixed speed fan operation.
Special
Mode
Special
Mode
Condenser
Refrigerant Pressure
Transducer - Circuit
1
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Condenser
Refrigerant Pressure
Transducer - Circuit
2
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Emergency Stop
Chiller
Immediate
Latch
All
a. EMERGENCY STOP input is open. An external interlock has
tripped. Time to trip from input opening to unit stop shall be 0.1
to 1.0 seconds.
Evaporator Entering
Water Temperature
Sensor
Chilled
Water
Reset
Info
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID a. Normal operation, no effects on control.
b. Chiller shall remove any Return or Constant Return Chilled
Remote
Water Reset, if it was in effect. Apply slew rates per Chilled Water
Reset spec.
Evaporator Leaving
Water Temperature
Sensor
Chiller
Normal
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Evaporator Liquid
Level Sensor Circuit 1
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Evaporator Liquid
Level Sensor Circuit 2
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Latch
Circuit nonrunning modes
[Drain Valve
commanded
closed]
This diagnostic is effective only with Remote Evap units. The
liquid level of the respective evaporator was not seen to be below
the level of -21.2 mm within 5 minutes of the commanded
Remote
opening of its Drain Valve Solenoid. The diagnostic will not be
active if the drain valve is commanded closed.
Latch
Circuit nonrunning modes
[Drain Valve
commanded
closed]
This diagnostic is effective only with Remote Evap units. The
liquid level of the respective evaporator was not seen to be below
the level of -21.2 mm within 5 minutes of the commanded
Remote
opening of its Drain Valve Solenoid Valve. The diagnostic will not
be active if the drain valve is commanded closed.
Evaporator Rfgt
Drain - Circuit 1
Circuit
NA
Evaporator Rfgt
Drain - Circuit 2
Circuit
Evaporator Water
Flow (Entering
Water Temp)
Chiller
Immediate
Latching
Shutdown
Evaporator Water
Flow (High Approach
Temperature)Circuit 1
Chiller
Immediate
Latching
Shutdown
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
NA
Any Ckt Energized The entering evaporator water temp fell below the leaving
[No Ckts
evaporator water temp by more than 2°F for 180°F-sec,
Energized]
minimum trip time 1 minute.
Ckt Energized
[Ckt Not
Energized]
Local
Remote
Large evaporator approach temps, low evap sat temps, and
presence of liquid refrigerant, suggest this circuit is running with Remote
no or reversed evaporator water flow.
109
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
Evaporator Water
Flow (High Approach
Temperature)Circuit 2
Evaporator Water
Flow Lost
Evaporator Water
Flow Overdue
External Chilled
Water Setpoint
Chiller
Chiller
Chiller
None
Immediate
Latching
Shutdown
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
Ckt Energized
[Ckt Not
Energized]
Criteria
Reset
Level
Large evaporator approach temps, low evap sat temps, and
presence of liquid refrigerant, suggest this circuit is running with Remote
no or reversed evaporator water flow.
Whenever Evap
Pump is
commanded on
Immediate NonLatch
due to Auto mode
and certain offcycle diagnostics
a. The Evaporator water flow switch input was open for more
than 6-10 sec (HV binary input) or 20-25* sec (for factory mtd
low voltage binary input) b. This diagnostic does not deenergize the evap pump output c. 6-10 seconds of contiguous
flow shall clear this diagnostic. d. Even though the pump times Remote
out in the STOP modes, this diagnostic shall not be called out in
the STOP modes, (with the exception of pump override due to
certain off-cycle diagnostics). * could be longer if water temps
are rapidly changing warmer
Whenever Evap
Pump is
commanded on
NonLatch
due to Auto mode
and certain offcycle diagnostics
Evaporator water flow was not proven within 4:15 (RTAC Rev 20
and earlier) or 20:00 (RTAC Rev 21) of the Evaporator water
pump relay being energized. With SW Rev 17.0 and earlier, the
diagnostic will de-energize the Evaporator Water Pump output.
It will be re-energized if the diagnostic clears with the return of
flow and the chiller will be allowed to restart normally (to
Remote
accommodate external control of pump) With SW Rev 18.0 and
later, the pump command status will not be effected. In the case
of certain “Off-cycle” diagnostics in which the pump is
overridden to on, the delay to callout of the diagnostic is
shortened to 4:15.
NonLatch
All
a. Function Not “Enabled”: no diagnostics. b. “Enabled “: OutOf-Range Low or Hi or bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CWS to
next level of priority (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint). This Info
Remote
diagnostic will automatically reset if the input returns to the
normal range.
All
a. Not “Enabled”: no diagnostics. b. “Enabled “: Out-Of-Range
Low or Hi or bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CLS to next level
Remote
of priority (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint. This Info diagnostic will
automatically reset if the input returns to the normal range.
Normal
Info
External Current
Limit Setpoint
None
Info
NonLatch
High Differential
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 1
Circuit
Normal
Latch
The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
Cprsr Energized above 275 Psid for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10
Remote
seconds.
High Differential
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 2
Circuit
Normal
Latch
The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
Cprsr Energized above 275 Psid for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10
Remote
seconds
Latch
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its high end of
Starter Contactor range for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is
Energized
running. (The diagnostic timer will hold, but not clear when the Remote
[all Stop modes] circuit is off). Design: 80% or more of bit count corresponding
to +21.2 mm or more liquid level for 80 minutes)
Latch
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its high end of
Starter Contactor range for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is
Energized
running. (The diagnostic timer will hold, but not clear when the Remote
[all Stop modes] circuit is off). Design: 80% or more of bit count corresponding
to +21.2 mm or more liquid level for 80 minutes)
High Evaporator
Liquid Level - Circuit
1
High Evaporator
Liquid Level - Circuit
2
Circuit
Circuit
High Evaporator
Chiller
Refrigerant Pressure
110
Normal
Normal
Immediate NonLatch
All
The evaporator refrigerant pressure of either circuit has risen
above 190 psig. The evaporator water pump relay will be deenergized to stop the pump regardless of why the pump is
running (and the chiller will be prevented from starting) The
diagnostic will auto reset and the pump will return to normal
control when all of the evaporator pressures fall below 185 psig. Remote
The primary purpose is to stop the evaporator water pump and
its associated pump heat from causing refrigerant side
pressures, close to the evaporator relief valve setting, when the
chiller is not running, such as could occur with Evap Water Flow
Overdue or Evaporator Water Flow Loss Diagnostics.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
High Evaporator
Water Temperature
Only effective if
either
Info and
1)Evap Wtr Flow
Special
Overdue,
Action (Pre
2)Evap Wtr Flow
Chiller
NonLatch
RTAC
Loss, or
Refresh
3)Low Evap Rfgt
Rev 39)
Temp,-Unit Off,
diagnostic is
active.
High Evaporator
Water Temperature
Only effective if
either
1)Evap Wtr Flow
Overdue
2)Evap Wtr Flow
Loss, or
3)Low Evap Rfgt
Temp,-Unit Off,
diagnostic is
active.
High Oil
Temperature Compressor 1B
High Oil
Temperature Compressor 2B
High Oil
Temperature Compressor 1A
High Oil
Temperature Compressor 2A
High Pressure
Cutout Compressor 1A
High Pressure
Cutout Compressor 1B
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Chiller
Immediate
Shutdown
(Beginning
with RTAC
Refresh
Rev 39)
Cprsr 1B Immediate
Cprsr 2B Immediate
Cprsr 1A Immediate
Cprsr 2A Immediate
Circuit
Circuit
Immediate
Immediate
Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch
Criteria
Reset
Level
The leaving water temperature exceeded the high evap water
temp limit (TV service menu settable -default 105F) for 15
continuous seconds. The evaporator water pump relay will be
de-energized to stop the pump but only if it is running due to one
of the diagnostics listed on the left. The diagnostic will auto reset
and the pump will return to normal control when the
temperature falls 5 F below the trip setting. The primary purpose
Remote
is to stop the evaporator water pump and its associated pump
heat from causing excessive waterside temperatures and
waterside pressures when the chiller is not running but the evap
pump is on due to either Evap Water Flow Overdue, Evaporator
Water Flow Loss, or Low Evap Temp - Unit Off Diagnostics. This
diagnostic will not auto clear solely due to the clearing of the
enabling diagnostic.
The leaving water temperature exceeded the high evap water
temp limit (TV service menu settable -default 105F) for 15
continuous seconds, with one of the three diagnostics on the left
already active. The evaporator water pump relay will be deenergized to stop the pump. The diagnostic can only be cleared
by a manual reset and will clear regardless of the temperature.
(although the diagnostic may reoccur based on the trip criteria).
The primary purpose is to stop the evaporator water pump and
its associated pump heat from causing excessive waterside
temperatures (and waterside pressures) when the chiller is not
running but the evap pump is on due to a pump override to “on”
(as can be caused by a bad flow switches failure to close and
prove flow).
Local
All
The respective oil temperature as supplied to the compressor,
exceeded 200 F for 2 consecutive samples or for over 10
seconds. Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature
Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's
Remote
female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
exceeds 190F and returned to normal control when the oil
temperature falls below 170 F.
All
The respective oil temperature as supplied to the compressor,
exceeded 200 F for 2 consecutive samples or for over 10
seconds. Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature
Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's
Remote
female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
exceeds 190F and returned to normal control when the oil
temperature falls below 170 F.
All
The respective oil temperature as supplied to the compressor,
exceeded 200 F for 2 consecutive samples or for over 10
seconds. Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature
Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's
Remote
female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
exceeds 190F and returned to normal control when the oil
temperature falls below 170 F.
All
The respective oil temperature as supplied to the compressor,
exceeded 200 F for 2 consecutive samples or for over 10
seconds. Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature
Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's
Remote
female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
exceeds 190F and returned to normal control when the oil
temperature falls below 170 F.
All
A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at
315 ± 5 PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an
expected consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from
annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open.
Local
All
A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at
315 ± 5 PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an
expected consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from
annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open.
Local
111
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
High Pressure
Cutout Compressor 2A
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
Reset
Level
Criteria
All
A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at
315 ± 5 PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an
expected consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from
annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open.
Local
Local
Immediate
Latch
All
A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at
315 ± 5 PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an
expected consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from
annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open.
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 1A Immediate
- Compressor 1A
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 1B Immediate
- Compressor 1B
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 2A Immediate
- Compressor 2A
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 2B Immediate
- Compressor 2B
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
High Pressure
Cutout Compressor 2B
Low Chilled Water
Temp: Unit Off
Circuit
Evap
Pump
Special
Mode
The leaving Evaporator water temp. fell below the leaving water
Unit in Stop Mode, temp cutout setting for 30 degree F seconds while the Chiller is
or in Auto Mode in the Stop mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running.
NonLatch and No Ckt(s) Energize Evap Water pump Relay until diagnostic auto resets, Remote
Energzd
then return to normal evap pump control. Automatic reset
[Any Ckt Energzd] occurs when the temp rises 2°F (1.1°C) above the cutout setting
for 30 minutes.
Low Chilled Water
Temp: Unit On
Chiller
The evaporator water temp. fell below the cutout setpoint for 30
Immediate
Any Ckts] Energzd degree F Seconds while the compressor was running. Automatic
and
NonLatch
[No Ckt(s)
reset occurs when the temperature rises 2°F (1.1°C) above the Remote
Special
Energzd]
cutout setting for 2 minutes. This diagnostic shall not deMode
energize the Evaporator Water Pump Output.
Low Differential
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 1
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
Cprsr Energized
The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
below 35 Psid for more than 2000 Psid-sec with either a 1 minute
Remote
(single cprsr circuit) or 2.5 minute (manifolded cprsr circuit)
ignore time from the start of the circuit.
Low Differential
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 2
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
Cprsr Energized
The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
below 35 Psid for more than 2000 Psid-sec with either a 1 minute
Remote
(single cprsr circuit) or 2.5 minute (manifolded cprsr circuit)
ignore time from the start of the circuit.
Low Evaporator
Liquid Level - Circuit
1
None
Info
NonLatch
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its low end of range
Starter Contactor
for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is running.
Energized
Remote
Design: 20% or less of bit count corresponding to -21.2 mm or
[all Stop modes]
less liquid level for 80 minutes)
Low Evaporator
Liquid Level - Circuit
2
None
Info
NonLatch
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its low end of range
Starter Contactor
for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is running.
Energized
Remote
Design: 20% or less of bit count corresponding to -21.2 mm or
[all Stop modes]
less liquid level for 80 minutes)
Latch
The inferred Saturated Evap Refrigerant Temperature
(calculated from suction pressure transducer dropped below the
Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setpoint for 1125 F-sec
with a 8 F-sec/sec max integral rate applied during circuit
startup transient (or 4ºF-s/s if manifolded and only one cprsr
running) while the circuit was running early in the circuit's cycle.
The minimum LRTC setpoint is -5 F (18.7 Psia) the point at which
All Ckt Running
oil separates from the refrigerant. During the time that the trip Remote
Modes
integral is non zero, the unload solenoid(s) of the running
compressors on the circuit, shall be energized continuously and
the load solenoid shall be off. Normal load/unload operation will
be resumed if the trip integral decays to zero by temps above the
cutout setpoint. The integral is held nonvolatily though power
down, is continuously calculated, and can decay during the
circuit's off cycle as conditions warrant.
Low Evaporator
Refrigerant
Temperature Circuit 1
112
Circuit
Immediate
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
Low Evaporator
Refrigerant
Temperature Circuit 2
Low Evaporator
Temp - Ckt 1: Unit
Off
Low Evaporator
Temp - Ckt 2: Unit
Off
Low Oil Flow Compressor 1A
Low Oil Flow Compressor 1B
Low Oil Flow Compressor 2A
Low Oil Flow Compressor 2B
Low Suction
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 1
Low Suction
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 2
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Circuit
Evap
Pump
Evap
Pump
Cprsr
Cprsr
Cprsr
Cprsr
Circuit
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
Criteria
Reset
Level
The inferred Saturated Evap Refrigerant Temperature
(calculated from suction pressure transducer dropped below the
Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setpoint for 1125 F-sec
with a 8 F-sec/sec max integral rate applied during circuit
startup transient (or 4ºF-s/s if manifolded and only one cprsr
running) while the circuit was running early in the circuit's cycle.
The minimum LRTC setpoint is -5 F (18.7 Psia) the point at which
All Ckt Running
oil separates from the refrigerant. During the time that the trip Remote
Modes
integral is non zero, the unload solenoid(s) of the running
compressors on the circuit, shall be energized continuously and
the load solenoid shall be off. Normal load/unload operation will
be resumed if the trip integral decays to zero by temps above the
cutout setpoint. The integral is held nonvolatily though power
down, is continuously calculated, and can decay during the
circuit's off cycle as conditions warrant.
Special
Mode
Any of the evap sat temps fell below the water temp cutout
setting while the respective evap liquid level was greater than Unit in Stop Mode,
21.2mm for 150 degree F seconds while Chiller is in the Stop
or in Auto Mode
mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize
NonLatch
and No Ckt's
Remote
Evap Water pump Relay until diagnostic auto resets, then return
Energzd
to normal evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when
[Any Ckt Energzd]
either the evap temp rises 2 F (1.1 C) above the cutout setting
or the liquid level falls below -21.2mm for 30 minutes
Special
Mode
Any of the evap sat temps fell below the water temp cutout
setting while the respective evap liquid level was greater than Unit in Stop Mode,
21.2mm for 150 degree F seconds while Chiller is in the Stop
or in Auto Mode
mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize
NonLatch
and No Ckt's
Remote
Evap Water pump Relay until diagnostic auto resets, then return
Energzd
to normal evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when
[Any Ckt Energzd]
either the evap temp rises 2 F (1.1 C) above the cutout setting
or the liquid level falls below -21.2mm for 30 minutes
Immediate
Latch
The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor
Cprsr Energized was out of the acceptable pressure range for 15 seconds, while
and Delta P above the Delta Pressure was greater than 35 Psid.: Acceptable range
35 Psid
is 0.50 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) for the first 2.5 minutes of operation,
and 0.25 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) thereafter,
Local
Latch
The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor
Cprsr Energized was out of the acceptable pressure range for 15 seconds, while
and Delta P above the Delta Pressure was greater than 35 Psid.: Acceptable range
35 Psid
is 0.50 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) for the first 2.5 minutes of operation,
and 0.25 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) thereafter,
Local
Latch
The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor
Cprsr Energized was out of the acceptable pressure range for 15 seconds, while
and Delta P above the Delta Pressure was greater than 35Psid.: Acceptable range
35 Psid
is 0.50 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) for the first 2.5 minutes of operation,
and 0.25 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) thereafter,.
Local
Latch
The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor
Cprsr Energized was out of the acceptable pressure range for 15 seconds, while
and Delta P above the Delta Pressure was greater than 35 Psid.: Acceptable range
35 Psid
is 0.50 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) for the first 2.5 minutes of operation,
and 0.25 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) thereafter,
Local
Latch
a. The Suction Refrigerant Pressure (or either of the compressor
suction pressures) dropped below 10 Psia just prior to
compressor start (after EXV preposition). b. The pressure fell
below 16 Psia while running after the ignore time had expired,
Cprsr Prestart and
or fell below 10 Psia (or 5 Psia in sftw prior to Oct'02) before the
Cprsr Energized
ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
air temperature. Note: Part b. is identical to Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Temperature diagnostic except for the trip integral
and trip point settings.
Local
Latch
a. The Suction Refrigerant Pressure (or either of the compressor
suction pressures) dropped below 10 Psia just prior to
compressor start (after EXV preposition). b. The pressure fell
below 16 Psia while running after the ignore time had expired,
Cprsr Prestart and
or fell below 10 Psia (or 5 Psia in sftw prior to Oct'02) before the
Cprsr Energized
ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
air temperature. Note: Part b. is identical to Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Temperature diagnostic except for the trip integral
and trip point settings.
Local
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
113
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
Low Suction
Refrigerant Pressure
- Cprsr 1B
Circuit
Immediate
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
Reset
Level
Criteria
Latch
a. The Suction Refrigerant Pressure (or either of the compressor
suction pressures) dropped below 10 Psia just prior to
compressor start (after EXV preposition). b. The pressure fell
below 16 Psia while running after the ignore time had expired,
Cprsr Prestart and
or fell below 10 Psia (or 5 Psia in sftw prior to Oct'02) before the
Cprsr Energized
ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
air temperature. Note: Part b. is identical to Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Temperature diagnostic except for the trip integral
and trip point settings.
Local
a. The Suction Refrigerant Pressure (or either of the compressor
suction pressures) dropped below 10 Psia just prior to
compressor start (after EXV preposition). b. The pressure fell
below 16 Psia while running after the ignore time had expired,
Cprsr Prestart and
or fell below 10 Psia (or 5 Psia in sftw prior to Oct'02) before the
Cprsr Energized
ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
air temperature. Note: Part b. is identical to Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Temperature diagnostic except for the trip integral
and trip point settings.
Local
Low Suction
Refrigerant Pressure
- Cprsr 2B
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
MP Application
Memory CRC Error
Chiller
Immediate
Latch
All Modes
MP: Could not Store
Starts and Hours
None
Info
Latch
All
MP has determined there was an error with the previous power
down store. Starts and Hours may have been lost for the last 24 Remote
hours.
MP: Invalid
Configuration
None
Immediate
Latch
All
MP has an invalid configuration based on the current software
Remote
installed
MP: Non-Volatile
Block Test Error
None
Info
Latch
All
MP has determined there was an error with a block in the NonRemote
Volatile memory. Check settings.
MP: Non-Volatile
Memory Reformat
None
Info
Latch
All
MP has determined there was an error in a sector of the NonRemote
Volatile memory and it was reformatted. Check settings.
All
The main processor has successfully come out of a reset and
built its application. A reset may have been due to a power up,
installing new software or configuration. This diagnostic is
Remote
immediately and automatically cleared and thus can only be
seen in the Historic Diagnostic List in TechView
Memory error criteria TBD
Remote
MP: Reset Has
Occurred
None
Info
NonLatch
Oil Flow Fault Compressor 1A
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is
Starter Contactor
reading a pressure either above its respective circuit's
Energized
Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Suction Pressure 10 Psia or more for 30 seconds continuously.
Local
Oil Flow Fault Compressor 1B
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is
Starter Contactor
reading a pressure either above its respective circuit's
Energized
Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Suction Pressure 10 Psia or more for 30 seconds continuously.
Local
Oil Flow Fault Compressor 2A
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is
Starter Contactor
reading a pressure either above its respective circuit's
Energized
Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Suction Pressure 10 Psia or more for 30 seconds continuously.
Local
Oil Flow Fault Compressor 2B
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is
Starter Contactor
reading a pressure either above its respective circuit's
Energized
Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Suction Pressure 10 Psia or more for 30 seconds continuously.
Local
Oil Temperature
Sensor - Cprsr 1B
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Oil Temperature
Sensor - Cprsr 2B
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Oil Temperature
Sensor -Cprsr 1A
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Oil Temperature
Sensor -Cprsr 2A
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote
Outdoor Air
Temperature Sensor
Chiller
Normal
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID. Note that if this diagnostic occurs,
operational pumpdown will be performed regardless of the last Remote
valid temperature
Pumpdown
Terminated - Circuit
1
None
Info
114
The pumpdown cycle for this circuit was terminated abnormally
NonLatch Pumpdown Mode due to excessive time or due to a specific set of diagnostic
Remote
criteria - but w/o associated latching diagnostics
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
Pumpdown
Terminated - Circuit
2
None
Info
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
Criteria
Reset
Level
The pumpdown cycle for this circuit was terminated abnormally
NonLatch Pumpdown Mode due to excessive time or due to a specific set of diagnostic
Remote
criteria - but w/o associated latching diagnostics
Software Error
1001: Call Trane
Service (beginning
with Rev 29)
All
Reported if a compressor is found to be running without chilled
water flow for three minutes. Previously, this error would be
identified after five minutes.
Software Error
1002: Call Trane
Service (beginning
with Rev 29)
All
Reported if state chart misalignment in stopped or inactive state
occurs.
Software Error
1003: Call Trane
Service (beginning
with Rev 29)
All
Reported if state chart misalignment in stopping state occurs.
Latch Software Error
power
All
Number: 1001 (Rev
Immediate down
functions
28)
reset is
reqd
All
A high level software watchdog has detected a condition in which
there was a continuous 5 minute period of compressor
operation, with neither chilled water flow nor a” contactor
interrupt failure” diagnostic active. The occurrence of this
software error message suggests an internal software state
chart misalignment has occurred. The events that led up to this
failure, if known, should be recorded and transmitted to Trane
Controls Engineering - (SW rev 24 and higher)
Starter Failed to
Arm/Start - Cprsr 1A
Cprsr
Info
Latch
All
Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted time (15
seconds).
Local
Starter Failed to
Arm/Start - Cprsr 1B
Cprsr
Info
Latch
All
Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted time (15
seconds).
Local
Starter Failed to
Arm/Start - Cprsr 2A
Cprsr
Info
Latch
All
Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted time (15
seconds).
Local
Starter Failed to
Arm/Start - Cprsr 2B
Cprsr
Info
Latch
All
Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted time (15
seconds).
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type 1
- Starter 2A
None
Info
Latch
All
Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed.
Configuration recalled from EEPROM.
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type 1
- Starter 2B
None
Info
Latch
All
Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed.
Configuration recalled from EEPROM.
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type
1Starter 1A
None
Info
Latch
All
Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed.
Configuration recalled from EEPROM.
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type
1-Starter 1B
None
Info
Latch
All
Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed.
Configuration recalled from EEPROM.
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type 2
- Starter 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Checksum on EEPROM copy of the Starter LLID configuration
failed. Factor default values used.
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type 2
- Starter 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Checksum on EEPROM copy of the Starter LLID configuration
failed. Factor default values used.
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type 2
- Starter 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Checksum on EEPROM copy of the Starter LLID configuration
failed. Factor default values used.
Local
Starter Module
Memory Error Type 2
- Starter 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Checksum on EEPROM copy of the Starter LLID configuration
failed. Factor default values used.
Local
All
Starter Panel High Limit Thermostat (170 F) trip was detected.
Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected
consequence of the Panel High Temp Limit trip will be
suppressed from annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power
Loss, and Transition Complete Input Open for Cprsr 1B
Local
All
Starter Panel High Limit Thermostat (170 F) trip was detected.
Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected
consequence of the Panel High Temp Limit trip will be
suppressed from annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power
Loss, and Transition Complete Input Open for Cprsr 2A
Local
Starter Panel High
Temperature Limit - Cprsr 1B
Panel 1, Cprsr 1B
Special
Mode
Starter Panel High
Temperature Limit - Cprsr 2A
Panel 1, Cprsr 2A
Special
Mode
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
NonLatch
NonLatch
115
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)
Affects
PersistDiagnostic Name Target Severity
ence
Starter Panel High
Temperature Limit - Cprsr 2B
Panel 2, Cprsr 2B
Special
Mode
Active Modes
[Inactive
Modes]
NonLatch
Reset
Level
Criteria
All
Starter Panel High Limit Thermostat (170 F) trip was detected.
Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected
consequence of the Panel High Temp Limit trip will be
suppressed from annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power
Loss, and Transition Complete Input Open for Cprsr 2B
Local
Suction Refrigerant
Pressure Transducer
Special Immediate
- Circuit 1,
Compressor 1A
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID Circuit target if no isolation valves,
Compressor target if isolation valves. Design Note: In the case
of manifolded compressors w/o isolation valves, the occurrence
Remote
of this diagnostic will also generate a comm loss with the
nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 1B in order to accomplish circuit
shutdown.
Suction Refrigerant
Pressure Transducer
Cprsr 1B Immediate
- Circuit 1,
Compressor 1B
Latch
All
Bad Sensor or LLID. Design Note: For circuits with manifolded
compressors w/o isolation valve option, this diagnostic will occur
Remote
with the preceding diagnostic, even though this transducer is not
required or installed.
All
Bad Sensor or LLID Circuit target if no isolation valves,
Compressor target if isolation valves. Design Note: In the case
of manifolded compressors w/o isolation valves, the occurrence
Remote
of this diagnostic will also generate a comm loss with the
nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 2B in order to accomplish circuit
shutdown.
All
Bad Sensor or LLID. Design Note: For circuits with manifolded
compressors w/o isolation valve option, this diagnostic will occur
Remote
with the preceding diagnostic, even though this transducer is not
required or installed
Suction Refrigerant
Pressure Transducer
Special Immediate
- Circuit 2,
Compressor 2A
Suction Refrigerant
Pressure Transducer
Cprsr 2B Immediate
- Circuit 2,
Compressor 2B
Very Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 1
Very Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Pressure
- Circuit 2
Chiller
Chiller
Immediate
Immediate
Latch
Latch
Latch
The evaporator pressure dropped below 8 psia (or 5 psia in sftw
prior to Oct '02)regardless of whether or not compressors are
All
running on that circuit. This diagnostic was created to prevent
[compressor or
compressor failures due to cross binding by forcing an entire
circuit in manual
chiller shutdown. If a given compressor or circuit is locked out,
lockout]
the suction pressure transducer(s) associated with it, will be
excluded from causing this diagnostic.
Local
Latch
The evaporator pressure dropped below 8 psia (or 5 psia in sftw
prior to Oct '02) regardless of whether or not compressors are
All
running on that circuit. This diagnostic was created to prevent
[compressor or
compressor failures due to cross binding by forcing an entire
circuit in manual
chiller shutdown. If a given compressor or circuit is locked out,
lockout]
the suction pressure transducer(s) associated with it, will be
excluded from causing this diagnostic.
Local
Communication Diagnostics
The following communication loss diagnostics will not
occur unless that input or output is required to be present
by the particular configuration and installed options for
the chiller.
Communication diagnostics (with the exception of
“Excessive Loss of Comm” are named by the Functional
Name of the input or output that is no longer being heard
from by the Main Processor. Many LLIDs, such as the Quad
Relay LLID, have more than one functional output
associated with it. A comm loss with such a multiple
function board, will generate multiple diagnostics. Refer to
the Chiller's wiring diagrams to relate the occurrence of
multiple communication diagnostics back to the physical
LLID boards that they have been assigned to (bound).
Table 68. Communication diagnostics
Diagnostic Name
Active
Modes
Affects
Persist- [Inactive
Target Severity
ence
Modes]
Reset
Level
Criteria
Comm Loss: Chilled
Water Flow Switch
Chiller
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt
Pressure, Circuit #1
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt
Pressure, Circuit #2
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
116
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 68. Communication diagnostics (continued)
Diagnostic Name
Active
Modes
Affects
Persist- [Inactive
Target Severity
ence
Modes]
Criteria
Reset
Level
Comm Loss: Electronic
Expansion Valve, Circuit
#1
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Electronic
Expansion Valve, Circuit
#2
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Emergency
Stop
Chiller
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evap Oil
Return Valve, Cprsr 1A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evap Oil
Return Valve, Cprsr 1B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evap Oil
Return Valve, Cprsr 2A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evap Oil
Return Valve, Cprsr 2B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Entering Water
Temperature
Chilled
Water
Reset
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall
remove any Return or Constant Return Chilled Water Reset, if it
was in effect. Apply slew rates per Chilled Water Reset spec.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Leaving Water
Temperature
Chiller
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Rfgt Drain Valve - Ckt 1
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Rfgt Drain Valve - Ckt 2
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Rfgt Liquid Level, Circuit
#1
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Rfgt Liquid Level, Circuit
#2
Circuit
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Circuit
Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #1
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
[Ckt/Cprsr Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note: This
lock out] diagnostic is replaced by diagnostic 5FB below with Rev 15.0
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Circuit
Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #2
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
[Ckt/Cprsr Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note: This
lock out] diagnostic is replaced by diagnostic 5FD below with Rev 15.0
Remote
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Water Pump Control
Chiller
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: External
Auto/Stop
Chiller
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: External
Chilled Water Setpoint
External
Chilled
Water
Setpoint
Special
Mode
NonLatch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall
Remote
discontinue use of the External Chilled Water Setpoint source and
revert to the next higher priority for setpoint arbitration
Comm Loss: External
Circuit Lockout, Circuit
#1
Circuit
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. MP will
Remote
nonvolatily hold the lockout state (enabled or disabled) that was
in effect at the time of comm loss.
Comm Loss: External
Circuit Lockout, Circuit
#2
Circuit
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. MP will
Remote
nonvolatily hold the lockout state (enabled or disabled) that was
in effect at the time of comm loss
Comm Loss: External
Current Limit Setpoint
External
Current
Limit
setpoint
Special
Mode
NonLatch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall
Remote
discontinue use of the External Current limit setpoint and revert to
the next higher priority for Current Limit setpoint arbitration
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
117
Diagnostics
Table 68. Communication diagnostics (continued)
Diagnostic Name
Active
Modes
Affects
Persist- [Inactive
Target Severity
ence
Modes]
Reset
Level
Criteria
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #1
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #2
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #3
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #4
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #1
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #2
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #3
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #4
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit Inverter
#1, Drive 1
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the
remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Inverter
Fault, Circuit #1, Drive 2
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the
remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Fault, Circuit #2 or Circuit Inverter
#2, Drive 1
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the
remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Inverter
Fault, Circuit #2, Drive 2
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the
remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Power, Circuit #1 or
Circuit #1 Drive 1 and 2
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Power, Circuit #2 or
Circuit #2 Drive 1 and 2
Circuit
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Speed Command, Circuit
Inverter
#1 or Circuit #1 Drive 1
and 2
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the
remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Remote
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Speed Command, Circuit
Inverter
#2 or Circuit #2 Drive 1
and 2
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the
remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Remote
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: High
Pressure Cutout Switch,
Cprsr 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: High
Pressure Cutout Switch,
Cprsr 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
118
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Table 68. Communication diagnostics (continued)
Diagnostic Name
Active
Modes
Affects
Persist- [Inactive
Target Severity
ence
Modes]
Criteria
Reset
Level
Comm Loss: High
Pressure Cutout Switch,
Cprsr 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: High
Pressure Cutout Switch,
Cprsr 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Ice
Comm Loss: Ice-Machine
Making
Control
Mode
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall Remote
revert to normal (non-ice building) mode regardless of last state.
Comm Loss: Ice-Making
IceStatus
Machine
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall Remote
revert to normal (non-ice building) mode regardless of last state.
Comm Loss:
Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss:
Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss:
Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss:
Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Local BAS
Interface
None
Special
Mode
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Load Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Load Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Load Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Load Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 1A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 1B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 2A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 2B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Circuit #1
or Cprsr 1A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Circuit #2
or Cprsr 2A
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Cprsr 1B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Cprsr 2B
Cprsr
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
Comm Loss: Outdoor Air
Temperature
Chiller
Normal
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note that if this
Remote
diagnostic occurs, operational pumpdown will be performed
regardless of the last valid temperature
Comm Loss: Starter 1A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Local
119
Diagnostics
Table 68. Communication diagnostics (continued)
Diagnostic Name
Active
Modes
Affects
Persist- [Inactive
Target Severity
ence
Modes]
Reset
Level
Criteria
Comm Loss: Starter 1B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Local
Comm Loss: Starter 2A
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Local
Comm Loss: Starter 2B
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Local
Comm Loss: Starter
Panel High Temperature
Limit - Panel 1, Cprsr 2A
None
Info
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Local
Comm Loss: Starter
Panel High Temperature
Limit - Panel 1, Cprsr 1B
None
Info
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Local
Comm Loss: Starter
Panel High Temperature
Limit - Panel 2, Cprsr 2B
None
Info
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Local
Comm Loss: Status/
Annunciation Relays
None
Info
Latch
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Remote
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.Circuit target if
no isolation valves, Compressor target if isolation valves or
simplex. Design Note: In the case of manifolded compressors w/ Remote
o isolation valves, the occurrence of this diagnostic will also
generate a comm loss with the nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 1B
in order to accomplish circuit shutdown.
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Design Note:
For circuits with manifolded compressors w/o isolation valve
Remote
option, this diagnostic will occur with the preceding diagnostic,
even though this transducer is not required or installed.
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Circuit target
if no isolation valves, Compressor target if isolation valves or
simplex. Design Note: In the case of manifolded compressors w/ Remote
o isolation valves, the occurrence of this diagnostic will also
generate a comm loss with the nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 2B
in order to accomplish circuit shutdown.
All
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Design Note:
For circuits with manifolded compressors w/o isolation valve
Remote
option, this diagnostic will occur with the preceding diagnostic,
even though this transducer is not required or installed.
Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 2B
Special Immediate
Cprsr
Immediate
Special Immediate
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch
Excessive Loss of Comm
Chiller
Immediate
Latch
All
Loss of comm with 75% or more (Rev 18 and earlier 10%) of the
llids configured for the system has been detected. This diagnostic
will suppress the callout of all subsequent comm loss diagnostics. Remote
Check power supply(s) and power disconnects - troubleshoot
LLIDS buss using TechView
Starter 1A Comm Loss:
MP
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
period.
Local
Starter 1B Comm Loss:
MP
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
period.
Local
Starter 2A Comm Loss:
MP
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
period.
Local
Starter 2B Comm Loss:
MP
Cprsr
Immediate
Latch
All
Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
period.
Local
120
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Diagnostics
Main Processor Boot Messages
and Diagnostics
Table 69. Main processor boot messages and diagnostics
DynaView Display Message
Description Troubleshooting
A Valid Configuration is Present
A valid configuration is present in the MP's nonvolatile memory. The configuration is a set of variables and
settings that define the physical makeup of this particular chiller. These include: number/airflow,/and type of
fans, number/and size of compressors, special features, characteristics, and control options.
// Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence.
App Present.
Running Selftest.…
Selftest Passed
An application has been detected in the Main Processor's nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding
to run a check on its entirety. 8 seconds later, the boot code had completed and passed the (CRC) test.
// Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence.
App Present.
Running Selftest…
Err3: CRC Failure
An application has been detected in Main Processor's nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding to
run a check on its entirety. A few seconds later, the boot code had completed but failed the (CRC) test.
//Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP's serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration
information) and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most
recent RTAC application or specific version as recommended by Technical Service. Note that this error display
may also occur during the programming process, if the MP never had a valid application any time prior to the
download. If the problem persists, replace the MP.
Boot Software Part Numbers:
LS Flash --> 6200-0318-04
MS Flash --> 6200-0319-04
The “boot code” is the portion of the code that is resident in all MPs regardless of what application code (if
any) is loaded. Its main function is to run power up tests and provide a means for downloading application
code via the MP's serial connection. The Part numbers for the code are displayed in the lower left hand corner
of the DynaView during the early portion of the power up sequence and during special programming and
converter modes. See below. For the EasyView, the extension of the boot code part number is displayed for
approximately 3 immediately following power up.
// This is normal, but you should provide this information when contacting Technical Service about power up
problems.
Converter Mode
A command was received from the Service Tool (Tech View) to stop the running application and run in the
“converter mode”. In this mode the MP acts as a simple gateway and allows the TechView service computer
to talk to all the LLIDS on the IPC3 bus.
Err2: RAM Addr Test #1 Failure
There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #1. // Recycle power, if error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Addr Test #2 Failure
There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Pattern 1 Failure
There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #1. // Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Pattern 2 Failure
There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
Err4: UnHandled Interrupt
Restart Timer:
[3 sec countdown timer]
An unhandled interrupt has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe
shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics,
and attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate. // This condition
might occur due to a severe electro-magnetic transient such as can be caused by a near lightening strike. Such
events should be rare or isolated and if no damage results to the CH.530 control system, the Chiller will
experience a shutdown and restart. If this occurs more persistently it may be due to an MP hardware problem.
Try replacing the MP. If replacement of the MP proves ineffective, the problem may be a result of extremely
high radiated or conducted EMI. Contact Technical Service. If this screen occurs immediately after a software
download, attempt to reload both the configuration and the application. Failing this, contact Technical Service.
Err5: Operating System Error
Restart Timer:
[30 sec countdown timer]
An Operating System error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause
a safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear
diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate.
// See Err 4 above
Err6: Watch Dog Timer Error
Restart Timer:
[30 sec countdown timer]
A Watch Dog Timer Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a
safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear
diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate.
Err7: Unknown Error
Restart Timer:
[30 sec countdown timer]
An unknown Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe
shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics,
and attempt to restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate
The boot detected a key press in the center of the DynaView or both the + and - keys pressed on an EasyView
Err8: Held in Boot by User Key Press while the MP was in the boot code. Upon seeing this message the user can use Techview to connect to the
MP to perform a software download or another service tool function.
No Application Present
Please Load Application...
No Main Processor Application is present - There are no RAM Test Errors.
// Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP's serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration
information) and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most
recent RTAC application or specific version as recommended by Technical Service.
Programming Mode
A command was received by the MP from the Tech View Service Tool and the MP is in the process of first erasing
and then writing the program code to its internal Flash (nonvolatile) Memory. Note that if the MP never had
a prior application already in memory, the error code “Err3”will be displayed instead of this, during the
programming download process.
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
121
Unit Wiring
Table 70 provides a list of field wiring diagrams, electrical schematics and connection diagrams for 120-500 ton RTAC
units.The complete unit wiring package is documented in RTAC-SVE01*-EN. A laminated wiring diagram kit is also
shipped with each RTAC unit.
Table 70. RTAC unit wiring drawing numbers
Drawing Number
Description
Sheet 1
Table of Contents & Notes
Sheet 2
Legend
Sheet 3 (X-Line)
Compressor 1A (X-Line)
Sheet 3 (Y-Delta)
Compressor 1A (Y-delta)
Sheet 4 (X-Line)
Compressor 2A (X-Line)
Sheet 4 (Y-Delta)
2309-2097
Sheet 5
Compressor 2A (Y-delta)
Schematic - 2 Compressor Units
Sheet 6
Fans, 140 & 155 Std, 120 & 130 Prem 50 Hz
Sheet 7
Fans 225, 250 Prem 60 Hz, 185 & 200 Extra 60 Hz
Sheet 8
VSD Fans - Circuits 1 & 2
Sheet 9
Controls
Sheet 10
LLID Bus
Sheet 11
Remote Evaporator
Sheet 1
Table of Contents & Notes
Sheet 2
Devices, Descriptions & Designations
Sheet 3
Compressor Power 1A & Fan Control Ckt 1
Sheet 4
2309-4621
2309-4622
122
Fans, Std & Prem, Medium Air Cooled
Sheet 5
Sheet 6
Compressor Power 1B
Schematic - 3 Compressor Units,
X-Line
Compressor Power 2A & Fan Control Ckt 2
Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 7
Fan Power Circuit 2
Sheet 8
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 9
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 10
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 1
Table of Contents & Notes
Sheet 2
Devices, Descriptions & Designations
Sheet 3
Compressor Power 1A & Fan Control Ckt 1
Sheet 4
Compressor Power 1B
Sheet 5
Sheet 6
Schematic - 3 Compressor, Units
Y-Delta
Compressor Power 2A & Fan Control Ckt 2
Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 7
Fan Power Circuit 2
Sheet 8
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 9
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 10
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
Unit Wiring
Table 70. RTAC unit wiring drawing numbers
Drawing Number
Description
Sheet 1
Table of Contents & Notes
Sheet 2
Devices, Descriptions & Designations
Sheet 3
Compressor Power 1A & Fan Control Ckt 1
Sheet 4
Compressor Power 1B
Sheet 5
2309-4623
Sheet 6
Compressor Power 2A & Fan Control Ckt 2
Schematic - 4 Compressor Units
X-Line
Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 8
Fan Power Circuit 2
Sheet 9
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 10
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 11
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 1
Table of Contents & Notes
Sheet 2
Devices, Descriptions & Designations
Sheet 3
Compressor Power 1A & Fan Control Ckt 1
Sheet 4
Compressor Power 1B
Sheet 5
2309-4624
Compressor Power 2B
Sheet 7
Sheet 6
Compressor Power 2A & Fan Control Ckt 2
Schematic - 4 Compressor
Y-Delta
Compressor Power 2B
Sheet 7
Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 8
Fan Power Circuit 2
Sheet 9
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 10
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 11
Common Control - Panel LLIDs
2309-4871
Component Location
2 Compressor Units
2309-4874
Component Location
3 Compressor Units
2309-4873
Component Location
4 Compressor Units
2309-4872
Component Location
2309-2248
Field Layout
2 Compressor Units
Field Layout
3 or 4 Compressor Units
2309-2239
2309-2208
2 Compressor - Optional Remote Evaporator
Field Wiring; RTAC, 2 Compressor Units 2 Compressor Units
2309-2223
Field Wiring
3 or 4 Compressor Units, Single Source Power
2309-2222
Field Wiring
3 or 4 Compressor Units, Dual Source Power
2309-7572
Sequence of Operation
2 Compressor Units
2309-7581
Sequence of Operation
3 or 4 Compressor Units
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
123
Log and Check Sheet
The operator log and check sheet are included for use as
appropriate, for installation completion verification before
Trane start-up is scheduled, and for reference during the
Trane start-up.
Where the log or check sheet also exists outside of this
publication as standalone literature, the literature order
number is also listed.
•
RTAC Series R Air-Cooled Chiller Installation
Completion Check Sheet and Request forTrane Service
(RLC-ADF003*-EN)
•
Operator Log
•
Start-UpTest Log
124
RTAC-SVX01M-EN
RTAC Series R® Air-Cooled Chiller
Installation Completion Check Sheet and Request for Trane Service
Important:
A copy of this completed form must be submitted to theTrane service agency that will be responsible for the startup of the chiller. Start-up will NOT proceed unless applicable items listed in this form have been satisfactorily
completed.
To:
Trane Service Office:
S.O. Number:
Serial Numbers:
Job/Project Name:
Address:
The following items are being installed and will be completed by:
Important:
Start-up must be performed byTrane or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform start-up ofTrane®
products. Contractor shall provideTrane (or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform start-up) with
notice of the scheduled start-up at least two weeks prior to the scheduled start-up.
Check boxes if the task is complete or if the answer is “yes.”
1. Screw Chiller
Installation meets foundation requirements.
Verify service clearances meet requirements.
In place and piped.
Isolation pads or neoprene pads installed (optional).
2. Piping
Chilled water piping connected to:
Evaporator
Air handling units
Pumps
Flow switch or flow proving device installed
Required strainer installed in entering evaporator water piping and cleaned
Water supply connected to filling system (expansion tank)
Systems filled
Pumps run, air bled from system
Relief valve ventilation piping installed (if applicable)
Flow balancing valves installed in leaving chilled water
Gauges, thermometers and air vents installed on both sides of evaporator
3. Wiring
Wire size per submittal, NEC and applicable local electrical codes. Verify only copper conductors used.
Full power available, and within utilization range.
Interconnecting wiring to remote evaporator (if applicable)
External interlocks (flow switch, pumps auxiliary, etc.)
Chilled water pump (connected and tested)
115 Vac power available for service tools (recommended)
All controls installed and connected
4. Testing
Dry nitrogen available for pressure testing (if required)
Trace gas amounts of R-134a available for leak testing (if required)
5. Refrigerant on job site (if required)
6. Systems can be operated under load conditions
RLC-ADF003A-EN
1
7. Owner awareness
If it is required by local code, is a self-contained breathing apparatus available?
Has the owner been fully instructed on the proper use of refrigerant?
Does the owner have a copy of the MSDS for refrigerant?
Was the owner given a copy of the Refrigerant Handling Guidelines?
Note: Additional time required to properly complete the start-up and commissioning, due to any incompleteness of the
installation, will be invoiced at prevailing rates.
This is to certify that theTrane® equipment has been properly and completely installed, and that the applicable items listed above
have been satisfactorily completed.
Important: It is required that the chiller heaters are energized for a minimum of 24 hours prior to start up.Therefore, the chiller
should have power for this amount of time beforeTrane Service arrives to do start-up of the equipment.
Checklist completed by: ______________________________________________________________________________________________
Signed: _____________________________________________________________________
Date: _______________________________
In accordance with your quotation and our purchase order number __________________, we will therefore require the presence
ofTrane service on this site, for the purpose of start-up and commissioning, by __________________ (date).
Note: Minimum two-week advance notification is required to allow scheduling of the chiller start-up.
Additional comments/instructions: ____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note: A copy of this completed from must be submitted to theTrane Service Office that will be responsible for start-up of chiller.
Trane and theTrane logo are trademarks or registered trademarks ofTrane in the United States and other countries.
Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand, the
leader in creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers a broad
portfolio of advanced controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building services, and parts. For more
information, visit www.Trane.com.
Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice.
© 2015Trane All rights reserved
RLC-ADF003A-EN 21 Jan 2015
We are committed to using environmentally
New
conscious print practices that reduce waste.
Operator Log
RTAC CHILLER LOG
Job Name
Job Location
Model #
Serial #
Status View: *
Chiller Tab:
15 min
30 min
45 min
15 min
30 min
45 min
Operating Mode
Outdoor Air Temperature
F or C
Active Chill Water Setpoint
F or C
Active Current Limit Setpoint
Evaporator Entering Water Temp.
F or C
Evaporator Leaving Water Temp.
F or C
Circuit 1 Tab
Circuit 2 Tab
External Hardwired Lockout
Not Locked out/ Locked out
Not Locked out/ Locked out
Front Panel Lockout
Not Locked out/ Locked out
15 min
AirFlow
%
Inverter Speed
%
Condenser Refrigerant Pressure
psig/kPa
Saturated Condenser Rfgt. Temp.
F or C
Differential Refrigerant Pressure
psid/kPA
Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure
psig/kPa
Saturated Evaporator Rfgt.Temp.
F or C
EXV Position
%
Evaporator Rfgt Liquid Level
in/mm
30 min
Not Locked out/ Locked out
45 min
Compressor 1A Tab
15 min
30 min
45 min
Compressor 1B Tab
Operating Mode
Hours
Hrs/mins
Hrs/mins
Starts
Phase A - B Voltage
15 min
30 min
45 min
15 min
30 min
45 min
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
volts
Average Line Current
%RLA
Line 1 current
amps
Line 2 current
amps
Line 3 current
amps
Line 1 current
%RLA
Line 2 current
%RLA
Line 3 current
%RLA
Evaporator Oil Return Solenoid
Supply Oil Temperature
F or C
Intermediate Oil Pressure
psig/kPa
Female Step solenoid
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
High Pressure Cutout switch
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
Comments:
RTAC Operator Log
Revised: 28 Jan2014
RTAC CHILLER LOG
Compressor 2A Tab
Compressor 2B Tab
Operating Mode
Hours
Hrs/mins
Hrs/mins
Starts
Phase A - B Voltage
15 min
30 min
45 min
15 min
30 min
45 min
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
open/closed
volts
Average Line Current
%RLA
Line 1 current
amps
Line 2 current
amps
Line 3 current
amps
Line 1 current
%RLA
Line 2 current
%RLA
Line 3 current
%RLA
Evaporator Oil Return Solenoid
Supply Oil Temperature
F or C
Intermediate Oil Pressure
psig/kPa
Female Step solenoid
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
load/unload
High Pressure Cutout switch
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
good/tripped
Comments:
Revised: 28 Jan2014
RTAC Operator Log
RTAC Start-Up Test Log
RTAC START-UP TEST LOG
Model #
Job Name
Job Location
CRC #
Serial #
Sales Order #
Job Elevation (ft.
above sea level)
Ship Date
Starter Data:
Start-up Only
Manufacturer
Chiller Appearance on arrival:
Type: (wye-delta or x-line)
Machine gauge pressure:
ckt1/ckt2
Vendor ID #/ Model #:
Machine CH.530 pressure
ckt1/ckt2
Volts
Amps
Hz
Compressor Data:
Unit R-134a Charge
lbs
Unit oil charge (OIL00048)
gal
Pressure Test (if required)
Compressor A:
Model #:
Vacuum after leak test=
Serial #
Standing Vacuum test=
Part number ("X" code and 2-digit extension)
Volts
X
HZ
X
Model #:
X
Compressor B:
hrs
Current Transformers
RLA
KW
mm
mm rise in
X
Serial #
X
RLA
X
Summary of Options Installed
KW
Volts
Y
N
Tracer Communications Interface
HZ
Y
N
Ice Making
Y
N
Other
Model #:
Y
N
Other
Serial #
Y
N
Other
RLA
Evap Design Conditions
Compressor C:
KW
GPM
PSID
Volts
Entering Water:
Leaving Water:
HZ
% Glycol:
Compressor D:
Type of Glycol:
Model #:
Evap Actual Conditions
Serial #
GPM
PSID
RLA
Entering Water:
Leaving Water:
KW
% Glycol:
Volts
Type of Glycol:
HZ
Owner Witness Signature:
RTAC Start-UpTest Log
Revised: 28 Jan2014
Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand, the leader in
creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers a broad portfolio of advanced
controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building services, and parts. For more information, visit www.Trane.com.
Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice.
© 2015Trane All rights reserved
RTAC-SVX01M-EN 30 Jan 2015
We are committed to using environmentally
Supersedes RTAC-SVX01L-EN (11 Jul 2013)
conscious print practices that reduce waste.
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Author : Sheryl Hill Create Date : 2015:01:21 15:25:20Z Keywords : RTAC, Series R, air-cooled Modify Date : 2015:01:30 06:43:15-07:00 Subject : Series R? Air-Cooled Helical Rotary Liquid Chillers Has XFA : No Language : en Tagged PDF : Yes XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Creator Tool : FrameMaker 10.0.2 Metadata Date : 2015:01:30 06:43:15-07:00 Format : application/pdf Title : RTAC-SVX01M-EN (01/2015): Installation, Operation and Maintenance, Series R® Air-Cooled Helical Rotary Liquid Chillers Creator : Sheryl Hill Description : Series R? Air-Cooled Helical Rotary Liquid Chillers Producer : Acrobat Distiller 10.1.13 (Windows) Document ID : uuid:8147a120-1728-4f36-b732-57c87ade3071 Instance ID : uuid:6a5e8398-8f53-476a-84b8-c3c6413f4412 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 130EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools